Lexium

01-04
Motion control

Lexium motion control

Catalogue
January

04

DIA7ED2031006EN - © 2004 Schneider Electric - All right reserved

Telemecanique

Schneider Electric Industries SAS www.schneider-electric.com

ART. 66692 January 2004

Contents Lexium motion control 1

1 - Lexium motion control

b Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2

b Association of brushless motors and servodrives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3

2 - Modicon Premium motion control modules

Selection guides
Counter and electronic cam modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 4
Motion control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 6

b TSX CFY 11/21 motion control modules for stepper motors . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8

b TSX CAY motion control modules for servomotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12

b TSX CFY/CAY module software setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22

b SERCOS TSX CSY 84/164 motion control modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 24

3 - Modicon Quantum motion control modules

Selection guide, motion control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 32

b 140 MSB 101 00 single-axis motion module for servomotors . . . . . . . . . page 34

b SERCOS 141 MMS motion control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 38

4 - Lexium servodrives
b Presentation, description and functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 46

b Unilink software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 51

b Connectivity of MHDA servodrives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 56

b Characteristics and references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 62

b Dimensions and connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 68

5 - SER brushless motors

b Presentation, functions and description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 76

b Characteristics and dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 79

b References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 86

b Holding brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 88

b PLE gearboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 89

6 - Lexium BPH brushless motors

b Presentation, functions and description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 92

b Characteristics and dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 95

b References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 106

7 - Additional products and services

b Sizing the brushless motor and braking resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 110

b Phaseo regulated power supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 112

b Automation product certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 118

b Schneider Electric worldwide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 120

b Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 127

1
 Lexium offer Lexium motion control 1

Presentation

Analog setpoint or digital Stand alone mode with The axis control offer is intended for machines which simultaneously require high
link mode integral position indexer performance servo motion control, associated with PLC sequential control.

1 Position control system

Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum automation platforms offer a range of

interfaces including axis control modules providing a position control function. These
modules are:

b Analog output modules:

v TSX CAY, multi-axis control (2 to 4 axes) for Premium,
v 140 MSB, single-axis control for Quantum

b Modules with SERCOS digital link:

v TSX CSY, controls up to 16 servodrives for Premium,
v 141 MMS, controls up to 22 servodrives for Quantum.

Lexium MHDA servodrive

Lexium servodrives provide solid state switching, current (or torque), speed and
position control.
Three types of servodrive, each available in 7 current ratings (1.5, 3, 6, 10, 20, 40
and 70 A permanent rms), are available:
b + 10 V analog setpoint, controlled by position control module of PLC.
b Stand alone mode with integral position indexer, controlled by:
v discrete inputs/outputs (1),
v CANopen bus,
v Modbus Plus network, Fipio bus or Profibus DP bus (1).
b SERCOS high speed digital link (1) allows Lexium servodrives to be controlled by
PLC position control module.

Lexium brushless motors

Brushless motors are synchronous, 3-phase motors. They are equipped with a built-
in sensor which can be a resolver or a SinCos Hiperface absolute encoder. They are
provided with or without holding brake. Two ranges of motors are available:

SER motors
They are equipped with Neodynium Iron Borium (NdFeB) magnets and provide a
high power density within a confined space, as well as large velocity dynamic that
meet all machine requirements. They have:
b IP 41 or IP 56 protection.
b With or without gearbox. These gearboxes are offered with three speed reduction
ratios 3:1, 5:1 and 8:1.
b Smooth shaft end (2) (for the model without gearbox) or with key (for the model
with gearbox).

BPH motors
Their design, with samarium cobalt permanent magnets, ensures perfect rotation
even at low speed. Depending on the model, they have:
b IP 65 or IP 67 protection (IP 54 for BPH 055 motor).
b Keyed or smooth shaft ends.

Configuration and installation

Motion control applications are designed and installed using:

b PL7 Junior/Pro (for Premium PLCs) software.
b Concept (for Quantum PLCs) software.
b Unity Pro (for Premium or Quantum PLCs) software.

Unilink user software, in association with Lexium servodrives, provides configuration

and adjustment of the parameters for these servodrives.

(1) Requires use of an optional card (one slot available per MHDA servodrive).
(2) Shaft end with key for the model without a gearbox, please contact our Regional Sales Office.

2
Lexium offer Lexium motion control 1

Association of brushless motors and

Lexium servodrives

SER brushless motors Digital Lexium MHDA servodrives Lexium BPH brushless
(IP 41 or IP 56) motors
(IP 65 or IP 67)
1

MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA

1004p00 1008p00 1017p00 1028p00 1056p00 1112A00 1198A00
1.5 A rms 3 A rms 6 A rms 10 A rms 20 A rms 40 A rms 70 A rms

0.4/1.1 Nm 8,000 rpm BPH 0552 S

0.9/1.9 Nm 1.3/3.4 Nm 6,000 rpm BPH 0751 N

SER 39A 4L7S 6,000 rpm 1.1/2.5 Nm 1.1/4 Nm

SER 39B 4L3S 6,000 rpm 2.2/4.4 Nm 2.2/8.0 Nm

1.3/2.5 Nm 2.3/4.8 Nm 6,000 rpm BPH 0752 N

SER 39C 4L3S 6,000 rpm 2.9/4.7 Nm 2.9/9.4 Nm

3.7/7.2 Nm 4.3/13.4 Nm 6,000 rpm BPH 0952 N

SER 3BA 4L3S 6,000 rpm 4.6/9.2 Nm 4.6/15.3 Nm

SER 3BA 4L5S 6,000 rpm 4.6/8.2 Nm 4.6/15 Nm

6.0/13.4 Nm 6.0/20.3 Nm 6,000 rpm BPH 0953 N

SER 3BB 4L3S 6,000 rpm 6.6/12 Nm 6.6/20 Nm

SER 3BB 4L5S 6,000 rpm 6.6/15.8 Nm 6.6/25 Nm

7.4/13.6 Nm 7.4/19.3 Nm 6,000 rpm BPH 1152 N

6.8/13.5 Nm 10.5/19 Nm 6,000 rpm BPH 1153 N

SER 3BC 4L5S 6,000 rpm 10/17 Nm 10/28 Nm

SER 3BC 4L7S 3,000 rpm 10/16 Nm 10/32 Nm

11.4/18 Nm 12/30 Nm 4,000 rpm BPH 1422 N

SER 3BD 4L5D 6,000 rpm 13.4/29 Nm

SER 3BD 4L7S 3,000 rpm 13.4/24 Nm 13.4/38 Nm

14.5/24 Nm 17/42 Nm 4,000 rpm BPH 1423 N

25/37.5 Nm 4,000 rpm BPH 1902 N

36/57 Nm 4,000 rpm BPH 1903 K

46/76.2 Nm 4,000 rpm BPH 1904 K

75/157 Nm 4,000 rpm BPH 1907 K

90/163 Nm 100/230 Nm 4,000 rpm BPH 190A K

1.1/2.5 Nm For a SER motor, the 1st value corresponds to continuous stall torque max., the 2nd value corresponds to peak stall torque max.
1.3/3.4 Nm For a SER/Lexium BPH motor, the 1st value corresponds to continuous stall torque max., the 2nd value corresponds to peak stall torque max.
Example: The SER 3BB 4L3S motor associated with the MHDA1017 servodrive meets the requirements of applications requiring a
6.6 Nm continuous stall torque max, 12 Nm peak stall torque max. and 6,000 rpm mechanical speed.

3
 Selection guide Lexium motion control 1

Counter and electronic cam modules

Applications Counter modules

Number of channels 2 channels 4 channels

Frequency per channel 40 kHz 40 kHz
Module cycle time 5 ms 10 ms

Counter/measurement Counting pulses Up to 40 kHz:

input c 24 V - Proximity sensor type 2
- Mechanical contacts
Incremental encoder Up to 40 kHz :
- c 10…30 V
- c 5 V RS 422 with zero marker
Absolute encoder –

Reflex inputs/outputs Per channel:

- 3 inputs c 24 V: enable, preset and read
- 1 input c 24 V line check, incremental encoder power supply
- 2 reflex outputs c 24 V

Counting capacity 24 bits + sign (0 to + 16 777 215 points or ± 16 777 215 points)

Functions Downcounting with preset input, upcounting with reset to zero input
Up/down counting with preset input, configurable upcounter input:
- 1 upcounter input/1 downcounter input
- 1 up/down counter input and 1 direction input
- Incremental encoder with phase-shifted signals

Processing Inputs: counter enable, counter preset, read current value

Comparison:
- Downcounting, to value 0
- Upcounting, 2 thresholds and 1 setpoint
- Up/down counting, 2 thresholds and 2 setpoints

Reflex outputs:
- Downcounting function, 1 passage through zero output
- Upcounting function,1 passage through setpoint value output
- Up/down counting function, 2 user-definable outputs
- Up/down counting function, 2 user-definable outputs

Events User-definable activation of the event-triggered task (threshold crossing, setpoint crossing,
preset or reset, enable, capture)

Connection - 15-way SUB-D connectors (1 per counter channel, direct or TSX TAP S15 pp accessory)
- HE 10 connector for auxiliary I/O and power supply
- Telefast 2 system (ABE 7CPA01, ABE 7H08R10/16R20)

Type of module TSX CTY 2A TSX CTY 4A

Page Please consult our catalogue “Modicon Premium automation platform”

4
 1

Fast counter and measurement module Electronic cam module

2 channels 1 channel
500 kHz
1 ms

Up to 1 MHz: –
- Proximity sensor type 2
- Mechanical contacts
500 kHz in multiplication by 1, 250 kHz in multiplication by 4:
- c 10…30 V
- c 5 V RS 422 with zero marker
Power supply c 5 V ou c 10…30 V:
- SSI absolute encoder up to 25 bits
- Parallel absolute encoder up to 24 bits (with Telefast ABE 7CPA11 sub-base)

Per channel :
- 2 inputs c 24 V : preset and read - 3 proximity sensor compatible inputs 24 V type I
- 1 enable input or c 24 V output, configurable - 24 track outputs 24 V/0.5 A protected
- 2 reflex outputs c 24 V
- 1 programmable frequency output 24 V
- 1 encoder power supply input c 5 V/24 V

24 bits + sign (0 to + 16 777 215, upcounting) or 24 bits + sign (- 16 777 215 to 256 to 32 768 points per cycle and from 1 to 32 768 cycles,(absorbs play on
+ 16 777 215, downcounting, up/down counting). Up to 25 bits for SSI absolute reverse)
encoder

Up/down counting with preset input, configurable counter input: Processing of 128 cams/32 tracks (of which 24 with direct output)
- 1 upcounter input/1 downcounter input Output update cycle:
- 1 up/down counter input and 1 direction input - 50 µs for 16 cams
- Incremental encoder with phase-shifted signals - 100 µs for 64 cams
Measurement 2: - 200 µs for 128 cams
- SSI absolute encoder Two capture registers
- Parallel output absolute encoder with ABE 7CPA11 sub-base Control/recalibration of axis slip

Inputs: counter enable, counter preset, read current value Cam profiles: 3 basic types (position, monostable, brake)
Comparison: Associated functions:
2 thresholds - Elimination of axis backlash, position recalibration
- Measurement capture
- Switching feedforward
- Parts counter
Reflex outputs:
2 user-definable outputs
Speed monitoring
Special functions

User-definable activation of the event-triggered task (crossing of thresholds or User-definable activation of the event-triggered task (cams, track, adjustment,
modulo value, preset, enable, capture) read, etc.)

- 15 way SUB-D connectors (1 per counter channel, direct or TSX TAP S15pp accessory)
- HE 10 connector for reflex I/O and power supply
- Telefast 2 system (ABE 7CPA01, ABE 7H16R20, ABE 7CPA11)

TSX CTY 2C TSX CCY 1128

Please consult our catalogue “Modicon Premium automation platform”

5
 Selection guide Lexium motion control 1

Premium motion control modules

Applications Motion control modules for stepper motor Motion control modules for servomotors
Compatible with:
- Lexium MHDA servodrives with analog setpoint
- Altivar ATV 38/58/68 variable speed drives

Number of axes 1 axis 2 axes 2 axes 4 axes

Frequency per axis 187 kHz Counter: 500 kHz with incremental encoder

Counter input Per axis: Per axis:

Translator inputs c 5 V, negative logic Incremental encoder c 5 V, RS 422/RS 485
(translator loss of step checks) or Totem pole
SSI serial absolute encoder 16 to 25 bits
c 10…30 V
Parallel output absolute encoder 16 to 24 bits
c 5/10/30 V with Telefast 2 conversion sub-
base (ABE 7CPA11)

Control outputs Per axis: Per axis:

RS 422 translator outputs, TTL 5 V 1 analog output ± 10 V, 13 bits + sign,
compatible (+/- pulses, boost, enable, reset
loss of step check)

Auxiliairy input/output Per axis: Per axis:

6 discrete inputs c 24 V 4 discrete I/O c 24 V (homing cam, event, recalibration,
1 output c 24 V (brake control) 1 input/1 output for servodrive control
1 reflex output c 24 V

Counter capacity 24 bits + sign (± 16 777 215 points)

Functions Servo Control on individual linear axis

Processing Open loop control of the position of a moving Positioning of a moving part on an axis according
part on a limited linear axis according to
motion control functions supplied by the PLC
processor
Axis parameter setting, adjustment and Axis parameter setting, adjustement and debugging using
debugging using PL7 Junior/Pro and
Unity Pro software

Events User-definable activation of the event-triggered task

Connection - 15-way SUB-D connector for translator - 9 and 15-way SUB-D connectors for encoder input
- 20-way HE 10 connector for auxiliary I/O - HE 10 connector for auxiliary inputs
- Telefast 2 system (ABE 7H16R20) - Telefast 2 system (ABE 7CPA01, ABE 7H16R20,
- Specific accessories (TSX TAP MAS)

Type of modules TSX CFY 11 TSX CFY 21 TSX CAY 21 TSX CAY 41

Page 11 15

6
 1

Motion control modules for servomotors

Compatible with Lexium MHDA servodrives equipped with
optional card SERCOS

2 axes 4 axes 3 axes 8 axes 16 axes

Acquisition: 200 kHz with SSI serial absolute encoder or parallel output SERCOS ring: 4 M bauds

Per axis: Per SERCOS digital link

- Incremental encoder c 5 V, RS 422/RS 485 or Totem pole,
- SSI serial absolute encoder 12 to 25 bits
Parallel output absolute encoder 12 to 24 bits c 5/10/30 V with Telefast 2 conversion sub-base
(ABE 7CPA11)

Per SERCOS digital link

servodrive setpoint

Per SERCOS digital link

emergency stop)

Servo control on individual infinite axis Servo control on individual Individual linear or infinite axis
Follower axes (dynamic ratio) linear or infinite axis Linear interpolation on 2 to 8 axes
Realtime correction of servodrive offset Linear interpolation on 2 or Follower axes (6 slaves) by gearing or camming
Flying shear on position or – 3 axes Manual mode (JOG and INC) (1)
event (1) Realtime correction of Special functions, see page 26
servodrive offset

to motion control functions supplied by the Premium PLC processor

PL7 Junior/Pro and Unity Pro software (2) Axis parameter setting,
adjustment and debugging
using PL7 Junior/Pro
software

(direct or via TSX TAP S15pp ), speed reference 2 SMA type connectors for plastic (or glass) fiber optic cable

ABE 7CPA11),

TSX CAY 22 TSX CAY 42 TSX CAY 33 TSX CSY 84 TSX CSY 164

30
(1) Function not available with Premium platform under Unity Pro software.
(2) The Unity Pro software is not compatible with the TSX CSY 164 module.

7
 Presentation, Lexium motion control 1

description TSX CFY 11/21 modules for stepper motors

Presentation

Fip The TSX CFY 11/21 stepper motor axis control range is intended for machines which
simultaneously require motion control by stepper motor associated with sequential
control by programmable controller.
Amplifier The TSX CFY 11 module controls, via an amplifier for stepper motor, 1 axis
(channel 0). The TSX CFY 21 module controls 2 axes (channels 0 and 1). They
Premium accept amplifiers with:
b RS 422 or TTL 5 V inputs (negative logic).
2 b RS 422 or c 5 V NPN open collector outputs.

In a Premium PLC configuration, the number of TSX CFY motion control modules
Motor should be added to the other application-specific modules (communication, counting,
axis control and weighing).

Description

The front panel of TSX CFY 11/21 stepper control modules comprises:
1 One 15-way SUB-D connector per channel for connecting:
3 3 v Amplifier inputs.
4 4 v Amplifier outputs.
1
v Amplifier input power supply.
1
2 One 20-way HE 10 connector for connecting:
v Auxiliary inputs: per axis, homing cam, emergency stop, limit switches (+ and -),
event, external stop.
v Brake outputs (1 per axis).
2
v External power supplies for sensors and preactuators.
2 3 Rigid casing which:
v Holds the electronic card.
TSX CFY 11 TSX CFY 21
v Locates and locks the module in its slot.
4 Module diagnostics lamps:
v Module diagnostics:
CH2 CH0 RUN ERR - green RUN lamp: module operating,
CH3 CH1 I/O 4
- red ERR lamp: internal fault, module failure,
- red I/O lamp: external fault.
v Axis diagnostics:
- 2 green CHp lamps: axis diagnostics available.

Operation block diagram

Operating characteristics are described on page 10. Stepper control modules are set
up using PL7 Junior/Pro and Unity Pro software.

Configuration
+ adjustment Configuration Pulse generator Amplifier enable output
%KW.%MW parameters A/B pulse outputs
Reactivation of loss of step output
Boost output

Amplifier fault input

Loss of step check input

Cam input (homing)

Auxiliary I/O
+ and – limit switch input
Processing processing
SMOVE function Emergency stop input
Event input
External stop input
%O, %QW

%I, %IW Brake output

Characteristics: References: Connection:

pages 9 and 10 page 11 page 10

8
Characteristics Lexium motion control 1

TSX CFY 11/21 modules for stepper motors

Electrical characteristics
Type of module TSX CFY 11 TSX CFY 21
Modularity 1 axis 2 axes

Maximum pulse frequency kHz 187.316 187.316

Consumption c5V mA 510 650

c 24 V mA 50 100

Power dissipated in the module Typical W 3.8 5.6

2
Sensor power supply check Yes Yes

Input characteristics
Inputs Amplifier inputs Auxiliary inputs
Logic Negative Positive
Nominal values Voltage V 5 24
Current mA 4.5 7
Limit values Voltage V – 19...30 (up to 34 V possible, limited to 1 hr per
24 hr period)
At state 1 Voltage V <2 ≥ 11
Current mA – > 6 (for U = 11 V)
At state 0 Voltage V > 3.6 <5
Current mA – < 2 (for U = 5 V)
Input impedance for nominal U kΩ – 3.4
Input immunity µs Loss of step input: 15 to 30: –
µs – Homing cam and event inputs: < 250
ms Amplifier fault input: 3 to 16 Limit switch, emergency stop and external stop
inputs: 3 to 10
Monitoring of Voltage for OK state V – > 18
external power Voltage for fault state V – < 14
supply for
Immunity OK V fault ms – >1
sensors and
preactuators Immunity fault V OK ms – < 30

Type of input Resistive Current sink

IEC 1131 conformity – Type 2
Sensor compatibility – 2-wire/3-wire
Output characteristics
Outputs Amplifier outputs Brake outputs (1 per axis)
Type of output RS 422, TTL 5 V open collector NPN Open collector, PNP
compatible
Output differential voltage V ± 2 (load resistance ≤ 100 Ω) –
Short-circuit current mA < 150 –
Permissible common mode voltage V ≤7 –
Permissible differential voltage V ≤ 12 –
Voltages Nominal V – c 24
Limit V – 19...30 (up to 34 V possible, limited to 1 hr per
24 hr period)
Currents Nominal mA – 500
Leakage mA – < 0.3
Maxi mA – 625 (for U = 30 or 34 V)

Maximum voltage drop when ON V – c<1

Switching time µs – < 250

Compatibility with DC inputs – All positive logic inputs with input resistance
< 15 kΩ
IEC 1131-2 compliance – Yes

Protection against overloads and – Via current limiter and thermal tripping
short-circuits (reactivated via program or automatically)
Short-circuit check on each channel – One signalling bit per channel

Protection against channel overvoltage – Zener diode between outputs and c + 24 V

Protection against polarity inversions – By diode reverse-mounted on supply

References: Connection:
page 11 page 10

9
 Characteristics (continued), Lexium motion control 1

connections TSX CFY 11/21 modules for stepper motors

Operating characteristics
Control Pulse, frequency from 0 to 187 kHz

+ and - outputs or +/- outputs and direction

Paths Trapezoidal speed profile with minimum movement frequency

Operating modes OFF Module inactive

DIR DRIVE Module operating as pulse generator

2
MAN Motion controlled by operator:
v visual control of movement
v incremental movement

AUTO Movement sequence controlled by PLC program. Movements are described using a syntax
similar to that of ISO language. Movements may be expressed in absolute or relative terms (in
relation to either the current position or a home point). Operation is possible in "step-by-step"
mode.
Checks Environment Amplifier, limits switches, Emergency stop

Motion Check correct execution by software position limits, loss of step

Control Check consistency of commands

Parameters Check validity of parameters

Optional commands Boost, brake

Connections
TSX CFY 11/21 stepper control module connections

+ pulses 114 Brake output Output axis 1

RI
Q0 214
– pulses (or direction) 1
Boost Axis 0 112 RI Brake output Output axis 0
Q0
Amplifier enable 1 212
Reactivation of step loss Axis 1 Auxiliary I/O c 24 V 111 Limit switch –
I5
+

check 1 Power supply 211

Axis 0 or 1 ++ – –
110 Limit switch +
Amplifier check I2
+

2 ++ ÐÐ 210
Loss of step check 109
Telefast 2 I4 External stop
4 3
+

209 Inputs axis 1

TSX CFY 11/21 108 Emergency stop
I1
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115

Amplifier (1)
1
2
3
4

208
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215

107 Event
I3
+
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315

207
C
C
C
C

ABE 7H16R20 106 Homing

I0
+

206
Axes 0 and 1
305
Ð

Limit switch –
I5 105
304 +

205
Ð

Limit switch +
I2 104
303 +

204
Ð

External stop
I4 103
Inputs axis 0
302 +

203
Twin line TLD 01 servodrive
Ð

with PULSE-C option Emergency stop

I1 102
301 +

202
Ð

1 TSX CAP S15 connector Event

I3 101
2 TSX CDPpp3 cable with connector
300 +

201
Ð

3 TSX CDPp01 preformed cable with connector

Homing
4 TSX CDPp63 cable with connector I0 100
+

200

(1) Type of amplifier

b With RS 422 interface:
v RS 422 compatible inputs,
v RS 422 outputs.
b With open collector, NPN interface:
v TTL/5 V source compatible inputs,
v Open collector, NPN outputs (5 V power supply from TSX CFY 11/21 module).

Characteristics: References:
pages 9 and 10 page 11

10
References Lexium motion control 1

TSX CFY 11/21 modules for stepper motors

Motion control modules for stepper motors

Description To control Connections to connectors No. of Reference Weight
SUB-D, 15-way HE 10, 20-way axes (1) kg
Motion control modules Amplifier with Amplifier I/O Auxiliary I/O, 1 TSX CFY 11 0.440
for stepper motors RS 422 I/O, c 24 V power
c 5 V TTL and supply
O c 5 V with
open collector 2 TSX CFY 21 0.480

Connection accessories 2
Description TSX CFY p1 Type of connector on N° Unit Weight
connector TSX CFY p1 module (2) reference kg
TSX CFY 11 SUB-D connectors Amplifier SUB-D, 15-way 1 TSX CAP S15 0.050
(1 per axis)
Sold in lots of 2

Telefast 2 connection sub- Auxiliary I/O for axes 0/ HE 10, 20-way ABE 7H16R20 0.300
base 1, c 24 V power (1 for 2 axes)
supply

Additional terminal block 20 shunted terminals Order in multiples of 5 ABE 7BV20 0.030
for ABE 7H16R20 sub-
bases

TSX CFY 21
Connecting cables
Description From module To N° Length Reference Weight
TSX CFY p1 (2) kg
Cables (cross- 20-way HE 10 ABE 7H16R20 sub- 2 0.5 m TSX CDP 053 0.085
section 0.324 mm2) connector base (20-way HE 10
molded connector)
1m TSX CDP 103 0.150
ABE 7H16R20

2m TSX CDP 203 0.280

3m TSX CDP 303 0.410

5m TSX CDP 503 0.670

Preformed cables (cross- 20-way HE 10 Auxiliary I/O for axes 0/ 3 3m TSX CDP 301 0.400
section 0.324 mm2) connector 1,
24 V c power supply
(flying leads at I/O end) 5m TSX CDP 501 0.660

10 m TSX CDP 1001 1.310

TSX CDP p03

Cables for Twin Line 15-way SUB-D Twin Line TLD 01p 4 2m TSX CXP 263 –
TLD 01p amplifier connector amplifier with PULSE-
C option 6m TSX CXP 663 –
(15-way female SUB-
D connector)
(1) Includes a bilingual Quick Reference Guide: French and English.
(2) For key, see page 10.

TSX CDP p01

Characteristics: Connection:
pages 9 and 10 page 10

11
 Description Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

The TSX CAY pp servo loop positioning axis control range is intended for machines
which require simultaneous high performance motion control together with
sequential control by programmable controller.
Premium
Lexium
servodrive Depending on model:
b The TSX CAY 21/22 modules control 2 individual axes.
b The TSX CAY 41/42 modules control up to 4 individual axes.
b The TSX CAY 33 module control 3 interpolated linear axes.
They can be used with ± 10 V analog input servodrives such as Lexium 17D/17D HP,
and Twin Line TLD 13 servodrives.
2
Motor TSX CAY pp modules can be installed, like all application-specific modules, in any
location on a Premium PLC rack.

Description

5 The front panel of TSX CAY pp axis control modules comprises:

6 1 One 15-way SUB-D connector per axis for connecting an incremental or absolute
encoder.
1 2 One 9-way SUB-D connector for all axes for connecting:
v 1 "speed reference" analog output for each axis.
2 3 One 20-way HE 10 connector for all axes for connecting:
v Auxiliary inputs for servodrive control,
v External power supply for servodrive I/O.
4 One 20-way HE 10 connector for 2 axes (0/1 or 2/3) for connecting:
3
v Auxiliary inputs: homing cam, Emergency stop, event, recalibration.
4 v High speed outputs.
TSX CAY 21/22
v External power supplies for sensors and preactuators.
5 Rigid casing which:
5
v Holds the electronic card.
6 v Locates and locks the module in its slot.
1 6 Module diagnostic lamps:
v Module diagnostics:
- green RUN lamp: module operating,
2 - red ERR lamp: internal fault, module failure,
- red I/O lamp: external fault.
3 v Axis diagnostics:
4
- green CHp lamps: axis diagnostics available.
TSX CAY 41/42

Operation
Block diagram of an axis

Configuration Encoder input

+ adjustment Servo loops
Configuration
%KW.%MW parameters

Servodrive speed reference output

Auxiliary Cam input (homing)

SMOVE function I/O Event input
Processing processing Recalibration input
%O, %QW Emergency stop input
Drive fault input
%I, %IW
Drive enable output
High speed output

Axis control modules are set up using PL7 Junior/Pro or Unity Pro software (see
page 22).
TSX CAY 22/42/33 modules require the use of TSX P57 pp2M/3M/4M processors
and Atrium TPCX57 pp2M/3M coprocessors or TSX PCI 57pp4M.
Flying shear function of the TSX CAY 22 module requires the version ≥ 4.1 of
PL7 Junior/Pro software (function not available with Unity Pro software, version 1.0).

Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 13 and 14 pages 15 and 16 page 21

12
Characteristics Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

Operating characteristics
Type of module TSX CAY 21/22 TSX CAY 41/42 TSX CAY 33
Servo loop Proportional with feedforward and gain switching

Period ms 2 4

Paths Speed profile Trapezoidal or parabolic

Resolution Minimum 0.5 position unit per point

Maximum 1000 position units per point 2

Length of axis Minimum TSX CAY 21: 32,000 points TSX CAY 41: 32,000 points TSX CAY 33: 256 points

TSX CAY 22: 256 points TSX CAY 42: 256 points

Maximum 32,000,000 points

Speed Minimum 54,000 points/min

Maximum 270,000 points/min

Acceleration Minimum s 10
(from 0 to VMAX)
Maximum ms 8 16

Operating modes OFF Measurement mode, inhibition of servo loop

The module operates in current speed and position acquisition mode

DIR DRIVE Direct drive mode, inhibition of servo loop

The module operates in analog output mode only

MAN Motion controlled by operator:

b visual control of movement
b incremental movement

AUTO Movement sequence controlled by PLC program. Movements are described using a syntax
similar to that of ISO language. Movements can be expressed in absolute or relative terms
(either in relation to current position, to a captured position or in relation to a home point).
Operation is possible in "step by step" mode, by motion stop/start, by speed correction

FOLLOWER The n axis of the module is governed by: –

b either the 0 axis of the same module
b or a command profile transmitted by the application
program

Checks Environment Encoder link, drive present, Emergency stop

Motion Check correct execution of movements (following error, in-position band, software position
limits)

Commands Check consistency of commands

Parameters Check validity of parameters

Functions
Type of module TSX CAY 21 TSX CAY 22 TSX CAY 41 TSX CAY 42 TSX CAY 33
Linear interpolation, 2/3 axes – – – – Yes

Limited axes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Infinite axes – Yes – Yes Yes

Follower axes Static ratio Yes – Yes – –

Dynamic ratio – Yes – Yes –

Correction of servodrive offset – Yes – Yes Yes

Flying shear On position or on event – Yes – – –

with infinite master axis (see page 12)
and linear slave axis

Characteristics: References: Connections:

pages 13 and 14 pages 15 and 16 pages 17 to 20

13
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

Electrical characteristics
Type of module TSX CAY 21 TSX CAY 22 TSX CAY 41 TSX CAY 42 TSX CAY 33
Number of axes 2 axes 2 axes 4 axes 4 axes 3 axes

Maximum frequency at counter inputs

SSI absolute encoder 16 to 25 bits 12 to 25 bits 16 to 25 bits 12 to 25 bits 12 to 25 bits
CLK transmission frequency kHz 200
Incremental encoder x 1 kHz 500
x4 kHz 250 kHz as input or 1 MHz as counter
2 Consumption c 5V
c 24 V
mA
mA
1100
15
1500
30
Current drawn by the module Typical mA 11 (20 max) 22 (40 max)
on the 10/30 V encoder at 24 V
(24 V absolute encoder)
Power dissipated in the Typical W 7.2 (11.5 max) 10 (17 max)
module
Sensor power supply check Yes Yes

Input characteristics
Type of input Counter inputs c 5 V Servodrive check inputs Auxiliary inputs
(IA/IB/IZ) (1 per axis) (homing, event, recalibration,
Emergency stop)
Logic Positive Positive Positive
Nominal values Voltage V 5 24 24
Current mA 18 8 8
Limit values Voltage V ≤ 5.5 19...30 (up to 34 V possible, 19...30 (up to 34 V possible,
limited to 1 hr per 24 hr period) limited to 1 hr per 24 hr period)
At state 1 Voltage V ≥ 2.4 ≥ 11 (OK state) ≥ 11
Current mA > 3.7 (for U = 2.4 V) > 3.5 (for U = 11 V) > 6 (for U = 11 V)
At state 0 Voltage V ≤ 1.2 ≤ 5 (fault state) ≤5
Current mA < 1 (for U = 1.2 V) < 1.5 (for U = 5 V) < 2 (for U = 5 V)
Voltage/encoder feedback check Presence check – –
Input impedance for nominal U Ω 270 3000 3000
Type of input Resistive Resistive Current sink
IEC 1131 compliance – Type 1 Type 2
2-wire sensor compatibility – – Yes (all prox. sens. 24 V)
3-wire sensor compatibility – – Yes (all prox. sens. 24 V)
Output characteristics
Type of output Analog outputs Drive enable High speed outputs
(1 per axis) (1 relay output per axis) (1 per axis)
Range V ± 10.24 – –
Resolution 13 bits + sign – –
Value of LSB mV 1.25 – –
Nominal voltage V – c 24 c 24
Voltage limit V – 5…30 19...30 (up to 34 V possible,
limited to 1 hr per 24 hr period)
Current mA – – 500 nominal
Maximum current mA 1.5 200 (resistive load at 30 V) 625 (for U = 30 or 34 V)
Minimum permitted load – 1 V/1 mA –
Maximum voltage drop when ON V – – <1
Leakage current mA – – < 0.3
Switching time – < 5 ms < 500 µs
Compatibility with DC inputs – – All positive logic inputs with
input resistance < 15 kΩ
IEC 1131 compliance – – Yes
Protections against overload – – Current limiter and thermal
and short-circuits tripping
Protection against channel overvoltage – – Zener diode between outputs
and + 24 V supply
Protection against polarity inversions – – Reverse-mounted diode on
supply

References: Connections: Dimensions:

pages 15 and 16 pages 17 to 20 page 21

14
References Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

Motion control modules for servomotors

Type of input Characteristics Functions No. of Reference Weight
axes (1) (2) kg
Incremental encoders 500 kHz counter Servo control on independent 2 TSX CAY 21 0.480
c 5 V RS 422, c 10…30 V with incremental linear axis
Totem Pole (3) encoder,
Absolute encoders Acquisition 200 kHz 4 TSX CAY 41 0.610
RS 485 serial or parallel with serial absolute
(4) encoder
Servo control on independent 2 TSX CAY 22 0.480
linear or infinite axis
Follower axes
2
Realtime correction of servodrive 4 TSX CAY 42 0.610
TSX CAY 2p offset
Flying shear (5)
Servo control on linear or infinite 3 TSX CAY 33 0.610
axis
Linear interpolation on 2 or 3 axes
Realtime correction of servodrive
offset
Connection accessories
Description Connection Type of connector on No. Reference Weight
TSX CAY pp module (6) kg
SUB-D connectors Incremental/SSI SUB-D, 15-way 4 TSX CAP S15 0.050
(lot of 2) absolute encoder (1 per axis)

TSX CAY 33 Speed references SUB-D, 9-way 7 TSX CAP S9 0.050

(1 per TSX CAY module)

Connection interface for Incremental encoder SUB-D, 15-way 6 TSX TAP S15 05 0.260
incremental encoder c 5V (1 per axis)
RS 422/RS 485

Splitter block Speed references SUB-D, 9-way – TSX TAP MAS 0.590
to servodrives (1 per TSX CAY module)

Telefast 2 connection sub- Speed references SUB-D, 9-way – ABE 7CPA01 0.300
bases (1 per TSX CAY module)

TSX CAY 4p
Auxiliary inputs, HE 10, 20-way – ABE 7H16R20 0.300
High speed outputs, (1 for 2 axes)
I/O power supply
c 24 V, encoder
power supplies
c 5/24 V
TSX TAP S15

Servodrive control HE 10, 20-way – ABE 7H16R20 0.300

signals, (1 per TSX CAY module)
I/O c 24 V power
supply
Adaptor sub-base Parallel output SUB-D, 15-way – ABE 7CPA11 0.300
absolute encoders
(16 to 24 bits)
TSX TAP MAS c 5 V, c 10…30 V
(1) TSX CAY 41/42/43 modules, double format.
(2) Product supplied with a bilingual Quick Reference Guide: English and French
(3) Totem Pole encoder with complementary Push/Pull outputs.
(4) Parallel output absolute encoders with ABE 7CPA11 adaptor interface.
(5) Flying shear function available with TSX CAY 22 module. Requires version ≥ 4.1. of
PL7 Junior/Pro software. Function not available with Unity Pro software.
(6) For key, see pages 17 to 20.
ABE 7CPA01

ABE 7H16R20

Characteristics: Connections: Dimensions:

pages 13 and 14 pages 1/7 to 20 page 21

15
 References (continued) Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

Cables with SUB-D connectors

From To No. Length Reference Weight
(1) kg
TSX CAYpp TSX TAP S15 05 interface, 5 0.5 m TSX CCP S15 050 0.110
module, 15- or ABE 7CPA11 adaptor sub-
way SUB-D base (15-way SUB-D 1m TSX CCP S15 100 0.160
connector connector)
2.5 m TSX CCP S15 0.220

TSX CAYpp ABE 7CPA01 sub-base 8 2.5 m TSX CXP 213 0.270
2 module, 9-
way SUB-D
or TSX TAP MAS block (15-
way SUB-D connector) 6m TSX CXP 613 0.580
connector
(speed reference)
Preformed cables with SUB-D connector fitted at 1 end and 1 free end (servodrive side)
TSX CAY pp Speed reference for 9 6m TSX CDP 611 0.790
module, or servodrive: Lexium MHDA,
TSX TAP MAS Twin Line TLD 13 or other
block (cross-section 0.205 mm2)
Connecting cables with HE 10 connector
TSX CAY pp ABE 7H16R20 sub-base (20- 10 0.5 m TSX CDP 053 0.085
module, (20-way way HE 10 moulded 1m TSX CDP 103 0.150
HE 10 connector) connector)
2m TSX CDP 203 0.280
(500 mA max.)
3m TSX CDP 303 0.410
5m TSX CDP 503 0.670
Preformed cables with HE 10 connector fitted at 1 end and 1 free end (servodrive side)
TSX CAY pp Auxiliary inputs, high speed 11 3m TSX CDP 301 0.400
module, (20-way outputs, control signals, power
HE 10 connector) supplies (free end) 5m TSX CDP 501 0.660
20-wire (500 mA max.)
Connecting cables for Lexium MHDA servodrive
TSX CAY pp Simulated incremental 12 2m TSX CXP 235 0.210
module, 15 way encoder feedback (9-
SUB-D connector way SUB-D connector) 6m TSX CXP 635 0.470
(encoder input)
Simulated absolute encoder 13 2m TSX CXP 245 0.210
feedback (9-way SUB-
D connector) 6m TSX CXP 645 0.470

TSX CDP pp3 Connecting cables for Twin Line TLD 13 servodrive
TSX CAY pp TLD 13 servodrive with ESIM1- 14 2m TSX CXP 243 –
module, 15 way C/2-C module (1)
SUB-D connector Simulated incremental
(encoder input) encoder feedback (15- 6m TSX CXP 643 –
way SUB-D connector) (1)

TLD 13 servodrive with SSI-C 15 2m TSX CXP 273 –

module
Simulated absolute encoder
feedback (15-way SUB- 6m TSX CXP 673 –
D connector)

Connecting cables for NUM MDLA servodrive (2)

TSX CAY pp NUM MDLA modular speed 16 2.5 m TSX CXP 233 0.220
module, 15- drive
way SUB-D (15-way, high density, SUB- 6m TSX CXP 633 0.470
TSX CDP p01 connector D connector)
(encoder input)
TSX TAP MAS Speed reference on 17 2.5 m TSX CXP 223 0.340
block, 9-way NUM MDLA modular speed
SUB-D connector drive
(25-way SUB-D connector)

Cables fitted with splitter block for Altivar AC drive

TSX CAY pp Speed reference for ATV 38/ 18 1m VY1 X411CA15 0.400
module 58/58F AC drives for
asynchronous motors
(1) For key, see pages 17 to 20.
(2) See page 122.

Characteristics: Connections: Dimensions:

pages 13 and 14 pages 17 to 20 page 21

16
 Connections Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

Connections for TSX CAY modules

General connections
Examples of encoder connections Examples of speed reference signal connections
23 GND-ANA link
1 4 7 21 (terminals 5, 11, 15 and 19)

19 Vref 3
+ + – – 20 – Axis 3
8
18 +
1 4 Telefast 2
15 Speed drive
GND 16 – Vref 2 with differential
2
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
Axis 2 inputs
2
4
6
8
14 +

11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
1
3
5
7
9
ABE 7CPA01 11 Common (0 V)
Ref –
2 6 5 12 – Vref 1 Ref +
Axis 1
10 + GND

9 Ref
8 – Vref 0 Common
5 6 + Axis 0 GND

GND Speed drive

Axis 2 Axis 0 with 2-wire input

Example of speed drive connection

++ – – Power supply c 24 V
(auxiliary I/O)
Axis 3 Axis 1 ++ – –
303 0V
TSX CAY 41 10 Telefast 2 113 Drive check input
Drive enable Axis 1
104
204 24 V
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
1
2
3
4

203
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215

103
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
C
C
C
C

ABE 7H16R20 301 0V

+ + – – 112 Drive check input
101 Drive enable Axis 0
Telefast 2 201 24 V
200
GND

100
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
2
4
6
8

11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
1
3
5
7
9

P4
ABE 7CPA11

3 11 Example of auxiliary I/O connection

Power supply c 24 V
++ – – auxiliary I/O sensors

++ – – 314 High speed

10 Q0
114 output
Telefast 2
–
311

Recalibration
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115

111 I3
1
2
3
4

+
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215

211
–
310
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
C
C
C
C

ABE 7H16R20 110 Event Axes 1 and 3

I2
210
+
1 Incremental or absolute encoder –
309

2 5 V RS 422 incremental encoder 109 Emergency I1

3 Parallel output absolute encoder 209
+ stop
4 TSX CAP S15 connector –
308

5 TSX CCP S15ppp cable with connectors 108 Homing I0

6 TSX TAP S15 05 connector 208
+
312
High speed Q0
1 IB- 7 NC 112
output
2 Sup. Ret. 8 IB + 5 V 107
3 IZ + 5 V 9 NC 207
+ Recalibration I3
Axes 0 and 2
4 IZ - 10 0V 106
206
+ Event I2
5 IA + 5 V 11 NC
105 Emergency
6 IA - 12 +5 V + I1
205 stop
104
7 TSX CAP S9 connector + Homing I0
204
8 TSX CXP 213/613 cable with connector
9 TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with connector 102
+ 10/30 V encoder
100
+5V power
10 TSX CDPpp3 cable with connector 0V
101 supply
11 TSX CDPp01 preformed cable with connector

Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 13 and 14 pages 15 and 16 page 21

17
 Connections (continued) Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

Connection example for Lexium MHDA servodrives

Incremental encoder 12
SSI absolute encoder 13 X5

9 X3
9 black - In +
4
2 1 6 5
8
blue
brown 5
1
- In -
Com

r
TSX TAP MAS To other
TSX CAY 42 Lexium
servodrives

++ – – Power supply c 24 V
++ – –

10 Telefast 2 Lexium MHDA

servodrive
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
1
2
3
4
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
C
C
C
C

101 15 Enable
ABE 7H16R20 servodrive OK
112 2
212 3 + 24 V
1
11 2

Power supply c 24 V
++ – – auxiliary I/O sensors
10 ++ – –

Telefast 2
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
1
2
3
4
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
C
C
C
C

ABE 7H16R20 212 18 Common

112 11 Input 1
4
3

Connection example for Twin Line TLD 13 servodrives with ESIM 1-C/2-C option

Incremental encoder with module ESIM1-C/2-C 14 Simulated

M4 encoder
Absolute encoder with SSI-C option
15 feedback

9
9 black
17
blue
1 6 5 brown
18
8 16

r
To other
TSX TAP MAS Twin Line
servodrives Twin Line TLD 13
TSX CAY 42 servodrive
Speed
Power supply c 24 V reference,
++ – – auxiliary
servodrive I/Os
++ – –

10 Telefast 2
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
1
2
3
4
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
C
C
C
C

ABE 7H16R20

31
32
11 33
34

1 Incremental or absolute encoder 9 TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with 12 TSX CXP 235/635 cable with connector (simulated incremental encoder feedback)
5 TSX CCP S15ppp cable with connector connector 13 TSX CXP 245/645 cable with connector (simulated SSI absolute encoder feedback)
(encoder feedback) 10 TSX CDPpp3 cable with connector 14 TSX CXP 243/643 cable with connector (simulated incremental encoder feedback)
6 TSX TAP S15 05 connector 11 TSX CDPp01 preformed cable with 15 TSX CXP 273/673 cable with connector (simulated SSI absolute encoder feedback)
8 TSX CXP 213/613 cable with connector connector
Characteristics: References: Dimensions:
pages 13 and 14 pages 15 and 16 page 21

18
Connections (continued) Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

Connection example for Altivar ATV-58F speed drive (for asynchronous motors)

TSX CAY 42
2
++ – – Power supply c 24 V

++ – –

10 Telefast 2

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
1
2
3
4
(1)

200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
C
C
C
C
ABE 7H16R20 TSX TAP MAS
18
9
supply
power

To other drives
Ref.
+5V

101
112
212
A+

B+
A–

B–

0V
Z+
Z–

1
2
Drive fault
1
Enable

brown
black
blue
A1
A
A/
B
B/

0V

LI1
LI4
R1B
R1A

AI1A
AI1B
COM
ATV 58F speed drive (2) Axis 0

1 Incremental encoder
8 TSX CXP 213/613 cable with connector
9 TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with connector
10 TSX CDPpp3 cable with connector
18 VY1 X411CA15 cable with connector and adapter sub-base

(1) For auxiliary I/O connections (for example: Emergency stop, homing, etc), see the
connections on page 17.
(2) The speed drive must be programmed as "Macro configuration General use". For other
ATV 58F speed drive connections, please see our specialist catalog "Progressive starters and
speed servodrives".

Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 13 and 14 pages 15 and 16 page 21

19
 Connections (continued) Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

Connection example for NUM MDLA modular speed drives

16
J2
17
J3

2 J4

NUM MDLA
8

TSX CAY 21

17
J3

NUM MDLA
TSX TAP MAS

8 TSX CXP 213/613 cable with connector

16 TSX CXP 233/633 cable with connector
17 TSX CXP 223 cable with connector

Connection example for distribution of speed references for speed drives

Drive
8

TSX CAY 21

Drive
TSX TAP MAS
8 TSX CXP 213/613 cable with connector
9 TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with connector

Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 13 and 14 pages 15 and 16 page 21

20
Dimensions Lexium motion control 1

TSX CAY modules for servomotors

Dimensions
TSX TAP S15 05 connection interface for incremental encoder

43
70,4

27,4
31 38
2
55 47

Mounting in enclosure feedthrough (dust and damp proof)

b Ø 37 cut-out,
b Panel thickness 5 mm maximum

TSX TAP MAS speed reference splitter block for speed drives

=
65
80
=

= 50 =
80

Mounting on DIN rail with LA9-DC9976 accessory.

Characteristics: References:
pages 13 and 14 pages 15 and 16

21
 Software set up Lexium motion control 1

Motion control modules

TSX CAY/CFY module software setup

PL7 Junior/Pro or Unity Pro setup software provides:

b SMOVE and XMOVE motion control functions for programming movements.
These functions can be used in Ladder language, Instruction list language or
Structured Text language.
b Specialized screens for configuring, adjusting and debugging axes.
Programming movements

2 A movement on an independent axis is initiated by executing an SMOVE control

function in the application program.
Example: go to the absolute position 10 000 000 µm, at a speed of 200 mm/min,
without stopping.
A screen enables the assisted entry of parameters in the SMOVE function in an
operation block.

The XMOVE command enables movement to be initialized on interpolated axes

(TSX CAY 33 only).

Instruction codes
The characteristics of movements are described using a syntax similar to that for a numerical controller program block written in ISO language.
TSX CAY and TSX CFY motion control modules use the following instructions:
Individual axes Interpol. axes
(SMOVE) (XMOVE)
Code and type of instruction TSX CAY 21/41 TSX CAY 22/42/33 TSX CFY 11/21 TSX CAY 33
09 Move to the position and stop
01 Move to the position without stopping
10 Move until an event is detected and stop
11 Move until an event is detected without stopping
14 Homing
04 Stop command
05 Await an event
07 Memorize the current position when an event occurs
62 Forced homing
30/32 Simple machining
92 Initialization of memorized positions
21 Move without stopping, with homing on the fly
22 Flying shear on two axes (1)
90/98 Cutting mode (on position or on event) (1)
Possible instruction
These instruction codes can be represented as symbols by the user in G code (for example: 09 can be represented by G09).
The instruction codes are preceded by another code indicating the type of target position:
b 90 : if the target position is absolute.
b 91 : if the target position is relative to the current position.
b 98 : if the target position is relative to a memorized position (index).
b 60 : if the target position is absolute and movement direction is fixed (TSX CAY 22/42/33 only).
b 68 : if the target position is relative to a memorized position and movement direction is fixed (TSX CAY 22/42/33 only).

Programming a path
A complete path can be programmed by means of a series of SMOVE or XMOVE
elementary motion control functions.
Grafcet language is ideal for this type of programming. An elementary movement is
associated with each step.

Speed 1 SMOVE %CH102.0 (1, 90, 01, X1, F1)

2
F2
2 SMOVE %CH102.0 (2, 90, 09, X2, F2)
1
F1 3 SMOVE %CH102.0 (3, 90, 09, 0, F1)

4 Xp : coordinate of target position

X1 X2 Position Fp : movement speed of moving
5 part
F1
3
(10)Only with TSX CAY 22 module. Requires the version > 4.1 of PL7 Junior/Pro software
TLX CD/RCD PL7J/P P 41M. Not available with Unity Pro software.

22
Software setup (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Motion control modules

TSX CAY/CFY module software setup (continued)

When setting up application-specific functions, screens specific to axis control and

stepper control functions can be accessed via PL7 Junior/Pro software for
configuration, adjustment, debugging and documentation of applications.
These services are performed by editors which can be directly accessed from the basic
screen using icons in the tool bars. Windows relating to the editors can be simultaneously
displayed on one screen (example : it is possible to simultaneously program using the
program editor and define the symbols in the variables editor).

Declaring the axis control modules and stepper control modules

2
Parameter entry screens for application-specific functions can be accessed via the
configuration screen by clicking on the slot.
Example : modules TSX CAY 21 and TSX CFY 21 in which the module has been
defined.

Configuring the modules

The configuration editor provides assistance with entering and modifying the values
of the various axis configuration parameters. These parameters enable the operation
of the axis control module (module TSX CAY 21 for example) to be adapted to the
machine which is to be controlled.
Axis configuration parameters are :
b Units of measurement.
b Resolution.
b Type of encoder.
b Maximum and minimum limits.
b Maximum speed.
b …
This data relates to the machine and cannot be modified by the program.

Adjusting the modules

These parameters are associated with operation of the axes. They generally require
the operations on and movements of the moving part to be known. These parameters
are adjusted in online mode (they are initialized during configuration, in offline mode).
They concern:
b Encoder offset.
b Resolution.
b Servo control parameters.
b …

Debugging the modules

In online mode, the configuration editor also provides the user with a control panel
screen, giving him a quick visual display which he can use to control and observe the
behaviour of the axis.
The control panel provides different information and commands according to the
selected operating mode :
b Automatic mode (Auto).
b Manual mode (Manu).
b Direct mode (Dir_Cde).
b Off mode (Off).

23
 SERCOS architecture, Lexium motion control 1

system overview SERCOS TSX CSY 84/164

motion control module

Architecture

Fiber optic cables

SERCOS ring network

Lexium MHDA
servodrives
2 (with SERCOS
option card).

SER/Lexium BPH
motors

SERCOS (SERiaI COmmunication System) is a communication standard which

defines the digital link (exchange protocol and medium) between a motion control
module and intelligent servodrives. It is defined in European standard EN 61491.
Using the SERCOS distributed architecture allows application I/O (position encoder,
emergency stop, etc.) to be connected directly to the intelligent servodrives, reducing
the cost of connection. The fiber optic digital link permits high speed exchanges (2 or
4 M bauds) while ensuring a high level of immunity in disturbed industrial environments.

The SERCOS range in the Premium control system platform comprises:

b Two TSX CSY 84/164 axis control modules which can each control up to 16
servodrives via a SERCOS ring. The module calculates the path and interpolation for
several axes (position mode). Access to the other modes (speed and torque) is
possible with the assistance of Schneider Electric application services.
b 1.5 A to 70 A Lexium MHDA servodrives with digital link (equipped with SERCOS
option card). The servodrives manage the position loop, speed loop and torque loop,
and ensure power conversion to control the motor. The encoder feedback
information is sent to the servodrive (current position, current speed).
b SER/Lexium BPH brushless motors. These have permanent magnets delivering a
high power-to-weight ratio, resulting in excellent dynamic speed response in a
compact unit.
The Lexium range offers all the accessories required (filter choke, braking resistor,
etc.) and a full set of connectors.

System overview
The system overview presents the various functions performed by the different parts
of the multi-axis control system.
PL7 Junior/Pro, Unilink
Unity Pro

PLC SERCOS Lexium MDHA

Premium/Atrium TSX CSY 84/164 servodrive (with
module SERCOS option card).
SER/Lexium
Application Interpretation of BPH motor
program Linear or infinite commands
Bus X independent axes Position loop
2 to 8-axis linear Speed loop
interpolation Current loop
Follower axes Power
(6 slaves) by gearing conversion
or profiled cams

Position
Speed

SERCOS ring
(to servodrive network)

Characteristics: Functions: References: Connections:

pages 26 and 26 pages 28 and 29 page 30 page 31

24
System overview (continued), Lexium motion control 1

description SERCOS TSX CSY 84/164

motion control modules

System overview (continued)

PL7 Junior/Pro or Unity software via the Premium platform terminal port can:

b Declare TSX CSY 84/164 SERCOS modules (1) in the PLC configuration.
b Configure the functions and define the parameters for the axes used.
b Program the movements in the PLC application.
b Adjust the parameters via the operating codes (parameters, TSX CSY module and
Lexium MHDA servodrives) (2).
b Test and debug the application. 2
Unilink software, via the RS 232 terminal port for the Lexium MHDA servodrive (2) can:

b Define types of Lexium MHDA servodrives (2) and SER/Lexium BPH motors.
b Adjust the parameters for Lexium MHDA servodrives (2), back them up to
EEprom memory in the drive and save them on a compatible PC.

Description

3 The TSX CSY 84/164 SERCOS axis control modules comprise:

4 1 A SMA-type connector, marked Tx, for connecting the servodrives using the
SERCOS ring fiber optic transmission cable.
6
2 A SMA-type connector, marked Rx, for connecting the servodrives using the
5 SERCOS ring fiber optic reception cable.

7 3 Rigid cases, double format, in order to:

1 b Support electronic cards
b Attach and lock the module in its slot.
2
4 Module diagnostic lamps:
b RUN LED (green): LED ON indicates module operating correctly.
b SER LED (yellow): flashing LED indicates data transmission and reception on the
SERCOS network
b ERR LED (red):
v LED ON indicates internal module fault,
v flashing LED on module start up indicates communication fault, incompatible
configuration or application missing.
b I/O LED (red): LED ON indicates external fault or application fault.
b INI LED (yellow): flashing LED indicates module is reinitializing.

5 Channel diagnostic LEDs (green): LED ON indicates axis operating normally;

OFF: configuration fault; flashing: serious error on axis:
b 1 to 8: display of 8 real axes (3).
b 9 to 12: display of 4 imaginary axes (3).
b 13 to 16: display of 4 remote axes (3).
b 17 to 20: display of 4 coordinated sets.
b 21 to 24: display of 4 follower sets.

6 A pencil point button to initialize the module.

7 Two mini DIN type 8-way connectors for Schneider Electric use.

(1) TSX CSY 164 module can not be implemented with Unity Pro V1.0 software.
(2) Lexium MHDA servodrive equipped with AM0 SER 001V000 SERCOS option card.
(3) 1 to 16: display the 16 axes (real, imaginary or remote) with module TSX CSY 164.

Characteristics: Functions: References: Connections:

pages 26 and 26 pages 28 and 29 page 30 page 31

25
 Characteristics Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS TSX CSY 84/164

motion control module

Characteristics
Electrical characteristics TSX CSY 84 TSX CSY 164

SERCOS ring network Type Industrial medium complying with standard EN 61491

Topology Ring

Medium Fiber optic cable

2 Baud rate M bauds 4 by default

Cycle time (1) 2 axes 4 axes 8 axes 2 axes 4 axes 8 axes 12 axes 16 axes
(independent axes) ms 2 2 4 2 2 2 3 4
Maximum number of 9 17
segments

Length of segment m 38 max. with plastic fiber optic cable, 150 max. with glass fiber optic cable

Bus X Distance m 100 max. (2) between TSX CSY 84 axis control module and the Premium processor

SERCOS certification (3) TSX CSY 84/164 modules comply with SERCOS CEI/EN 61491 certification and with the tests
determined by IGS (Interest Group SERCOS).
Certification N° Z00030
Power consumption for c 5V voltage mA 1800

Power dissipated in the module W 9 (typical)

Operating characteristics TSX CSY 84 TSX CSY 164

Number of channels 32 configurable (0 to 31), channel 0 used for SERCOS ring configuration

Type of axes Real axes 8 (channels 1 to 8) 16 (channels 1 to 16) may be dynamically configured as
(connected to a servodrive) real axes, imaginary axes or remote axis.

Imaginary axes 4 (channels 9 to 12)

Remote axes (4) 4 (channels 13 to 16)

Set of axes 4 coordinated (channels 17 to 20). Each set allows linear interpolation of 2 to 8 axes

4 followers (channels 21 to 24). Each set can comprise a maximum of 7 axes: 1 master/6 slaves
in gearing or camming

Cam profile 7 (channels 25 to 31). Used to create the electronic cams with linear or cubic interpolation
between profile points

(1) 4 ms default value. Values may be programmed according to number of axes.

(2) Without the use of a TSX REY 200 bus X remote module.
(3) For further certification details, see pages 118 and 119.
(4) Determine external position using an encoder connected to the servodrive position input.

Architectures Functions: References: Connections:

pages 24 and 25 pages 28 and 29 page 30 page 31

26
Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS TSX CSY 84/164

Premium motion control module

Characteristics (continued)
Main functions
Programming Movements b Homing, absolute, relative, or continuous
b Immediate movement, or queued, to a given position
b Speed override possible
b Acceleration and deceleration parameters may be set for each axis motion control (1)
b Synchronisation on start and desynchronisation on stop for a slave axis on a master axis,
in a given position (1)
b Rollover counter (1)

Special functions b Capture position and distance measurement between two edges on one or two discrete
inputs on the drive. This can be applied to a real or remote axis (position measurement via
2
external encoder)
b Count probe: counts the edges on a discrete input on the drive over a period of time
b Fast index: starts a movement on an event
b Registration move: position capture on an edge of the discrete input on the drive
b Rotary Knife: cuts using a rotary knife. Synchronizes a circular axis on a linear axis and
controls a discrete output on the drive

Other special functions The development of all other special function is possible with the assistance of our application
services. Please consult our Regional Sales Offices .

Stop/start functions b Fast stop, stop on configured deceleration profile

b Temporary stop
b Restart of stopped movement
b Choice of stop method (1):
v On faulty slave: master is not stopped. master stops normally according to pre-determined
deceleration ramp or Servo-driven master emergency stop
v On faulty master: slave stops normally according to pre-determined deceleration ramp or
Servo-driven slave emergency stop
b On Emergency Stop: calculation of slave axis deceleration ramp alignment with master axis
so that obtains the synchronization stop of all set axes. (1)
b Emergency Stop: axes may be allowed to "freewheel" or may be stopped according to pre-
determined ramp (1)
Configuration SERCOS ring Bus cycle time, traffic on the bus, optical power on the fiber, SERCOS loop diagnostics
/adjustment
Acceleration/deceleration Ramp values, ramp type (rectangular, triangular and trapezoid), choice of units, maximum
acceleration adjustment

Speed Speed units, default speed, maximum speed, speed override

Other settings Target window, rollover, software limits

Set of follower axes Following of master axis by gearing or camming (cam profile), threshold position of master
triggers the following, bias value when synchronizing an axis, monitoring of master/slave
positions, master offset for follower axis

Set of coordinated axes Type of interpolation: linear

Cam profile Value of an existing point of a cam profile, number of points (5000 max.), type of interpolation,
table addresses

State of a movement or axis Moving, accelerating, decelerating, homing, in position, faulty, etc.

Diagnostics b Drive fault, axis currently reading data, following error, overvoltage, undervoltage,
overcurrent, power supply fault
b Availability of master axis fault information for a given axis set (1)
b Multiaxis motion path control according to common tolerance for all axes in the motion, with
alarm feature. Access available only with TSX CSY 164 module

(1) Implementation of the TSX CSY 84, release u 1.3 requires the use of the PL7 Junior/Pro
software, version u 4.4. Access available only with TSX CSY 164 module.

Architectures Functions: References: Connections:

pages 24 and 25 pages 28 and 29 page 30 page 31

27
 Functions Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS TSX CSY 84/164

motion control modules

Software setup (1)

When setting up application-specific functions, screens specific to SERCOS axis

control functions can be accessed via PL7 Junior/Pro or Unity software for
configuration, adjustment, debugging and documentation of applications. These
services are performed by editors which can be directly accessed from the basic
screen using icons in the tool bars. Windows relating to the editors can be
simultaneously displayed on one screen (example: it is possible to program using
the program editor and simultaneously define the symbols in the variables editor).
2 Declaring the SERCOS motion control modules
Parameter entry screens for application-specific functions are accessed via the
configuration screen by clicking on the slot.
Example: configuration in which a TSX CSY 84/164 module has been defined.

Configuring the module

The configuration editor provides assistance with entering and modifying the values
of the various axis configuration parameters. These parameters enable the operation
of the axis control module to be adapted to the machine which is to be controlled.
Axis configuration parameters are:
b Units of measurement.
b Resolution.
b Maximum and minimum limit positions.
b Maximum speed.
b Accelerating/decelerating.
This data relates to the machine and cannot be modified by the program.

The following configuration screen can be used to declare the 16 axes as real,
imaginary or remote measurement axes in module TSX CSY 164.

(1) The setting up screens require the version u 4.1 of PL7 Junior/Pro software TLX CD/RCD
PL7J/P P41M/42M/43M/44M or Unity Pro UNY SPU pFU CD 10.

Architectures Characteristics: References: Connections:

pages 24 and 25 pages 26 and 27 page 30 page 31

28
Functions (continued) Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS TSX CSY 84/164

motion control modules

Software setup (continued)

Adjusting the modules
These parameters are associated with operation of the axes. They generally require
the operations on and movements of the moving part to be known. These parameters
are adjusted in online mode (they are initialized during configuration, in offline mode).

They concern:
b Maximum speed.
b Resolution.
b Servocontrol parameters. 2
b Accelerating/decelerating.

Debugging the modules

In online mode, the configuration editor also provides the user with a control panel
screen, giving a quick visual display which can be used to control and observe the
behavior of the axis.

The TSX CSY 84/164 module associated with PL7 Junior/Pro software (1) provides
manual mode for running continual (JOG) or incremental (INC) motion commands
without prior programming.

(1) Mode not available with Unity Pro.

Architectures Characteristics: References: Connections:

pages 24 and 25 pages 26 and 27 page 30 page 31

29
 References Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS TSX CSY 84/164

motion control module

References

The TSX CSY 84/164 multiaxis control module has 32 application-specific channels
which are only counted when they are configured in the Premium application (using
PL7 Junior/Pro or Unity Pro software). The maximum number of application-specific
channels allowed depends on the type of processor:

Type of processors TSX/57 1p TSX/57 2p TSX/57 3p TSX/57 4p TSX/57 5p

PCX 57-20 PCX 57-35 PCI 57-45
2 Maximum number of 8
PCI 57-20
24 32 64 64
application-specific
channels

Description Functions Number of axes Reference Weight

kg
Multiaxis control modules SERCOS digital servodrives 8 real axes TSX CSY 84 0.520
control 4 imaginary axes
4 remote axes

16 axes (real axes, imaginary TSX CSY 164 –

axes or remote axes) (1)

Connection accessories
Description Connection Length Reference Weight
kg
TSX CSY 84 164: Plastic fiber optic cables Lexium MHDA 0.3 m 990 MCO 000 01 0.050
fitted with SMA-type servodrive 1pppN00/A00
connectors (with SERCOS option card) 0.9 m 990 MCO 000 03 0.180
(curvature radius:
25 mm min.)
1.5 m 990 MCO 000 05 0.260

4.5 m 990 MCO 000 15 0.770

16.5 m 990 MCO 000 55 2.830

22.5 m 990 MCO 000 75 4.070

37.5 m 990 MCO 001 25 5.940

Sets of plastic fiber optic connections

Description Composition Reference Weight
kg
Set of fiber optic cables 12 SMA-type connectors 990 MCO KIT 01 –
and SMA-type connectors 12 insulating sleeves
Plastic fiber optic cable, length 30 m

Fiber optic cable Tools for making up cables to required length from a 990 MCO KIT 00 –
installation tool 990 MCO KIT 01 kit
Includes stripping tool, crimping pliers, 25 W/110 V cutting tool,
and instructions for use

Separate item
Description Use Reference Weight
kg
PC to TSX CSY 84/164 Used to download the servodrive operation configuration file for TSX CCT 200 0.100
connectors connection the servodrives present on the SERCOS ring (2)
cable Used to download specific functions developed by our Industrial
(length 2 m) Applications Department.

(1) The TSX CSY 164 module is compatible with version 4.3 of the PL7 Junior/Pro software
application with the Motion software add-on update included on the TSX CSY 164 module
CD-Rom. Version 4.4 of PL7 Junior/Pro includes this software add-on. The TSX CSY 164
module is not compatible with Unity Pro version 1.0 software.
(2) The add-on can be downloaded when the default configuration file is not adapted to the
configuration required.

Architectures: Characteristics: Functions: Connections:

pages 24 and 25 pages 26 and 27 pages 28 and 29 page 31

30
Connections Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS TSX CSY 84/164

motion control module

Connections
SERCOS ring with 5 servodrives (example)

TX
RX 2
3
SERCOS network ring

3 3 3 3
RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX
X13 X15 X13 X15

2 2 2 2 2

Servodrive 1 Servodrive 3 Servodrive 5 Servodrive 2 Servodrive 4

1 TSX CSY 84/164: multiaxis control module for Premium.

2 MHDA 1pppN00/A00 Lexium servodrives fitted with the SERCOS

AM0 SER 001 V000 option card.

3 990 MCO 000 pp: plastic fiber optic cables fitted with SMA type connectors.

TXTransmission.

RXReception.

Architectures: Characteristics: Functions: References:

pages 24 and 25 pages 26 and 27 pages 28 and 29 page 30

31
 Selection guide Lexium motion control 1

Quantum motion control modules

Applications Single-axis Motion module for servomotors. Compatible with Lexium servodrive through an
analog interface

Drive interface Counter inputs: incremental encoder, c 5 V, (RS 422) 2 channels

Encoder feedback : ± 10 V, 12 bits

Programming Methodology Using MMDS motion configuration software, with Concept or ProWORX 32 software

Features Multiplication of counter frequency (x4)

Automatic brake control
Configurable discrete I/O inputs (including one high-speed input)
Configurable discrete/analog I/O outputs

Axis Count 1 real axis

1 remote axis (for master signal)

Special Functions Master/slave position capture

Synchronization of master/slave axes
Point lock

Model 140 MSB 101 00

Page 36

32
 1

Multi-axis Motion control modules for servomotors. Compatible with Lexium servodrive via SERCOS link

Via SERCOS link

Library of Motion Function Block under Concept software

The development of all other special function is possible with the assistance of our application services

Electronic gearing
Multi-axis interpolation
Cam profiles execution from Register Table

With MMF Start programmer's kit With MMF Start programmer's kit
- 8 real axes - 8 real axes
- 4 imaginary axes - 4 imaginary axes
- 4 remote axes - 4 remote axes
- 4 coordinate sets (with linear interpolation of 8 axes maximum) - 4 coordinate sets (with linear interpolation of 8 axes maximum)
- 4 follower sets - 4 follower sets
- Cam profiles - Cam profiles

The evolution, up to The evolution, up to

- 16 real axes - 22 real axes
- 22 axes/axis sets - 32 axes/axis sets
is possible with the Motion Open C kit requiring the assistance of our is possible with the Motion Open C kit requiring the assistance of our
Application Department Application Department

Point lock position and point lock time

Measure part
Count probe
Fast index
Registration move
Rotary knife

141 MMS 425 01 141 MMS 535 02

44

33
 Presentation, Lexium motion control 1

description 140 MSB 101 00 Quantum single-axis motion

module for servomotors

Presentation

The 140 MSB 101 00 single-axis motion module is designed for applications with
one axis requiring a strong integration with the sequential program of the machine.
The analog output of this module can drive the speed reference of the
Lexium MHDA servodrive, or any other servodrive with an analog interface. See
characteristics on page 35.

The module, using encoder feedback input, receives a signal from an incremental
encoder which represents the position of the machine axis. After calculation, this
information, depending on the movement driven by the application program, delivers
a speed reference of ± 10 V to the servodrive.

The 140 MSB 101 00 module is designed as follows:

b 8 digital inputs of 24 VDC, configurable in stops or in motion-specific functions.
The inputs not used in the axis control application can be used as standard inputs for
3 the application program.
b 3 outputs of 24 VDC and one ± 10 V analog output, which can be programmed as
a real-time image of the internal parameters of the axis under control.

These inputs and outputs require an external 24 V power supply. The module
includes a ± 10 V analog input.

The incremental encoder's multiplication of impulses is integrated in the

140 MSB 101 00 module, which accepts a second auxiliary encoder feedback signal
as an image of the master axis.
The 690 MCB 000 00 breakout box allows connection between the 141 MSB 101 00
motion module and the Lexium MHDA servodrive, to simplify the system cabling.

Description

The 140 MSB 101 00 is comprised of:

1
2 1 A rugged outer rugged shell ensures the following:
v PCB card support.
v closing and locking of module into position.
5
3 2 Module diagnostic LEDs, including a digital Modbus status indicator.

3 A SUB-D 9 connector for RS 232 Modbus link.

4 A SUB-D 50 port for connection to the servodrive.

5 A clear access door to hold the user label.

Characteristics: References: Connections:

page 35 page 36 page 37

34
Characteristics Lexium motion control 1

140 MSB 101 00 Quantum single-axis motion

module for servomotors

Operating characteristics
Axe Type Automatic control of linear, rotary, or continuous axes
Synchronization of master/slave speed and position
Number 1 real axis, 1 remote axis

Positioning Maximum 4 294 967 296 points (32 bits)

range Units inches, mm or orther units
Speed Range 1...4 294 967 296 points (32 bits)
Units counts/s, inches/s, mm/s, rpm…
Update Position loop ms 1
Speed loop ms 0.5
Motion Homing, absolute, relative, or continuous movement
28 traversing programs
650 flash memory commands
Controls Environnement Encoder interface, position captures (stops)

Motion Logical stops, loop position control, point window

3
Register words 3 input words and 4 output words

Electrical characteristics
Encoder Incremental Type Differential
feedback encoder Voltage cV 5 ± 20 %
(2 channels)
Impedance W > 500 at 5 V nominal
Frequency x 1 kHz 200 nominal, 500 maximum
Frequency x 4 kHz 2000 maximum (internal counting)
Maximum system 0.5 arc/minute, encoder-dependent
accuracy

Servo interface Analogue Type Bipolar

outputs Range V + 10,24
Resolution 11 bits + sign

Drive-enable Voltage V 24 nominal, 30 maximum

output Current mA 500 (resistive maximum under 30 V)

Drive-fault input True high, 5 V TTL-compatible

I/O Discrete inputs Number 7

Voltage cV 24 + 20 %

Discrete Number 3
outputs Voltage cV 24 + 20 %
Current mA 150 maximum

Analog inputs Voltage V ± 10.24

Resolution 9 bits + sign
Impedance kΩ 30

Analog outputs Voltage V ± 10.24

Maximum current mA 3
Resolution 11 bits + sign

High-speed Position capture time ms 250

input Pulse width ms 25
Time between two ms 20 minimum
captures

OT inputs Dry contact

Communication Serial ports Type RS 232 D

ports Protocol Modbus slave
Baud rate Bits/s 300...9600, software selectable

Power From the backplane c 5 V - 1000 mA

requirements
External (power process) c 24 V + 20 % at - 500 mA max (for auxiliary I/O)

Description: References: Connections:

page 34 page 36 page 37

35
 References Lexium motion control 1

140 MSB 101 00 Quantum single-axis motion

module for servomotors

References

All types of Quantum CPUs support the 140 MSB 101 00 single-axis motion module.
The module performs the same regardless of rack selected (primary, RI/O, or DI/O).

Designation For Encoder Functions Reference Weight

inputs kg
Motion module for Servodrive via 2 encoder inputs Closed-loop control of linear, 140 MSB 101 00 0.450
one controlled axis analog c 5 V, 500 kHz rotary and continuous axes.
reference Synchronization of master-slave
axes.

Connection accessories
Designation Use No. Reference Weight
(1) kg
3 690 MCB 000 00 –
Breakout box Connection between the 141 MSB 101 00
3 (2) module and the servodrive: speed reference,
auxiliary I/O, and simulated encoder feedback

Connector cables
140 MSB 101 00
Designation Use No. Length Reference Weight
(1) kg

Supplied cables Connection between the 4 0,3 m 690 MCI 000 01 –

140 MSB 101 00 module and (1 ft)
the 690 MCB 000 00 breakout
box. Cable comes with SUB-D 0,9 m 690 MCI 000 03 –
50 connectors on each end. (3 ft)

1,8 m 690 MCI 000 06 –

(6 ft)

Connection between the 5 6m 690 MCI 002 06 –

breakout box 690 MCB 000 00 (20 ft)
and Lexium MHDA servodrive
(simulated encoder feedback).
Cable comes with SUB-D
9 connector on one end

Configuration software
Designation Description Reference Weight
kg
MMDS configuration Configuration and programming software for the 140 MSB 101 00 SW MMDS 1DB 0.525
and programming motion module
software Use with ProWORX 32 or Concept

(1) See page 37 for key.

(2) For e conformity, you must order the breakout box field wiring kit (690 MCB 101 00).

Description: Characteristics: Connections:

page 34 page 35 page 37

36
Connections Lexium motion control 1

140 MSB 101 00 Quantum single-axis motion

module for servomotors

Connections

1 1 140 MSB 101 00: single-axis motion module 140 MSB 101 00.

2 MHDA 1pppN00/A00: Lexium servodrive for Lexium SER or BPH motor.

3 690 MCB 000 00: breakout box (speed reference, auxiliary I/O, and simulated
4 encoder feedback).

4 690 MCI 000 0p: breakout box cable (0p indicates cable length).
3
5 690 MCI 002 06: cable with connector for simulated encoder feedback.
5

6 Cable (not included; flying lead cable with connections to terminal strips on each
6 end).

3
2

Description: Characteristics: References:

page 34 page 35 page 36

37
 Presentation Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS 141 MMS Quantum motion control

modules

Presentation

SERCOS MMS motion control modules are used to build a distributed automation
solution, tightly integrating axis command applications with control applications,
based on Quantum PLCs. The motion control modules and Quantum CPUs
communicate either through the Quantum backplane or via the Modbus Plus
network. The data transfer is transparent, and does not need any additional
application program.
The physical interface between the motion control module and speed servodrives is
provided by the SERCOS network, using fiber optic cable. This optic link is entirely
digital, and provides communication parameters for the tuning, diagnostics and
operation of both motion control modules and servodrives.

SERCOS offer

The SERCOS offer, based on the Quantum platform contains:

3 b Two multi-axis modules, 141 MMS 425 01/535 02, that can drive up to 8 real
axes (1), each one connected to a Lexium servodrive using the SERCOS ring
network.
All these modules perform the trajectory calculation, synchronization or interpolation
of several axes.
b Lexium MHDA (with optional SERCOS card) servodrives with a SERCOS digital
link from 1.5 A to 70 A. These drives manage the position, speed and torque loops,
and convert the power that drives the motor. Feedback from the motor sensors or
external encoders (such as usual position and actual speed) are sent to the
servodrive.
b SER/Lexium BPH brushless motors. These devices are equipped with magnets
which deliver a high power-to-weight ratio, resulting in a wide range of speed within
low overall dimensions.
The Lexium range includes all necessary accessories (filter chokes, braking
resistors, etc.) and connection elements.

Quantum motion modules

The 141 MMS SERCOS motion modules are double-width Quantum modules. They
provide high-performance motion control functions, while being integrated with the
Quantum PLC and via a real-time multi-task system.
In addition to communicating with the Quantum CPU via the internal bus, each
141 MMS module has a Modbus Plus communications port. The availability of
program libraries simplifies configuration of the motion controls for high-performance
applications requiring highly dynamic and high-precision position tracking
algorithms.

SERCOS motion control built into Quantum PLCs

This integration is used to fulfill motion control applications requiring a large number
and great diversity of inputs and outputs. The solution makes it possible to share a
single database between the Quantum CPU and the SERCOS motion control
module. The SERCOS ring network corresponds to
a widely developed standard used in closed-loop position and speed applications.
It complies with the European standard EN 61491.
The SERCOS solution, compared to analog interface solutions, offers the following
benefits:
b Efficient diagnostics, supplied in the motion control modules and the Quantum
CPU, can send feedback to the upper levels of the control hierarchy for action.
This minimizes machine downtime.
b The distributed architecture significantly reduces cabling costs and simplifies the
installation.
b The SERCOS digital network eliminates the low-resolution analog interface (12 or
14-bits) between the servodrive and the motion control module.
b Fiber optic connections increase immunity from electromagnetic interference
found in harsh industrial environments.
b It is easy to expand the number of axes in one machine using the ring network.

(1) The use of the Motion Open C kit (requiring the assistance of our applications team) enables
you to extend the capacities of these modules: 141 MMS 425 01, up to 16 real axes and
141 MMS 535 02, up to 22 real axes.

Descritpion: Characteristics: References: Connections:

page 40 pages 42 and 43 pages 44 and 45 page 45

38
SERCOS architecture, Lexium motion control 1

system overview SERCOS 141 MMS Quantum motion control

modules

SERCOS architecture

Fiber optic cables

SERCOS ring network

Lexium MHDA
servodrives
Quantum (with optional
SERCOS card)

SER Lexium BPH motors

3
SERCOS (SERiaI COmmunication System) is a communication standard defining
the digital link (medium and exchange protocol) between the motion control module
and intelligent servodrives. It is defined by European standard EN 61491.

The use of SERCOS distributed architecture enables the connection of input/output

devices (position encoder, Emergency stop, etc.) directly with the intelligent
servodrives, thereby reducing connection costs.

The fiber optic digital medium enables high-speed exchange (2 or 4 M bauds), yet
provides a high level of noise immunity in high-interference industrial environments.

System overview

The system overview presents the various functions performed by the different parts
of the multi-axis control system.

Concept UniLink
Unity Pro software
software

Quantum PLC SERCOS modules Lexium MDHA

CPU 141 MMS 425 01/ Servodrives
141 MMS 535 02 (with SERCOS)

PLC
Application program or Independent or Interpretation of
continuous axes commands Position SER/Lexium
Interpolation loop, speed loop, BPH motor
Modbus
Plus linear current loop,
Follower sets by gearing Power conversion
or camming

Position and speed

SERCOS ring
(to drives network)

Descritpion: Characteristics: References: Connections:

page 40 pages 42 and 43 pages 44 and 45 page 45

39
 System overview (continued), Lexium motion control 1

description SERCOS 141 MMS Quantum motion control

modules

System overview (continued)

Concept or Unity Pro software (via the Modbus Plus communications port) enable
you to:

b Register the SERCOS 141 MMS module(s) in the Quantum module configuration
table.
b Configure functions and parameterize used axes.
b Program activities in the PLC application.
b Adjust parameters through operating codes (parameters for 141 MMS module,
and Lexium MHDA servodrives) (1).
b Test and update the application.

The UniLink software via the PC port of the Lexium MHDA servodrive allows you to:

b Define the Lexium MHDA drive and SER/Lexium BPH motor types.
3 b Adjust the Lexium MHDA drive parameters, save them into the drive's EEprom
memory and store them on a PC.

Description

The 141 MMS pp5 0p double-width SERCOS axis modules are equipped with:

3 1 A SMA-type connector, marked Tx, for connecting the servodrives using the
SERCOS ring fiber optic transmission cable.
4
2 A SMA-type connector, marked Rx, for connecting the servodrives using the
SERCOS ring fiber optic reception cable.
5
1 3 Hard outer casing, performing the following functions:
2 b Electronic card support.
6 b Attachment and locking of the module in its slot.

4 Module diagnostics indicator lamps:

7
b READY: when lit, indicates the module as successfully passed power-up tests.
b RUN lamp:
8 v Steady, indicates the motion controller is in run mode, the SERCOS ring is
complete, and the motion controller is accepting commands from the PLC to control
the servodrives.
v Blinking, indicates that the motion controller is attempting to go into run mode, but
the SERCOS ring has not been established due to a physical disconnection or an
incorrect address setting.
v Off, indicates the motion controller is stopped.
b MODBUS PLUS: normal Modbus Plus indicator codes.

5 A RUN/ RESET keyswitch.

6 COM 1 port with SUB-D 9 connectors - for Schneider Electric use only.

7 COM 2 port with SUB-D 9 connectors - for Schneider Electric use only.

8 Modbus Plus port with SUB-D 9 connectors.

(1) Lexium MHDA servodrive equipped with AM0 SER 001V000 SERCOS option card.

Characteristics: References: Connections:

pages 42 and 43 pages 44 and 45 page 45

40
Software setup Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS 141 MMS Quantum motion control

modules

Software setup

The configuration of the multi-axis motion modules are carried out by Concept or
Unity Pro software and the MMFStart Programmer’s kit, 396 MMC 500 04. They are
used to configure the multi-axis applications by the creation of a common database
(between Quantum PLC and the 141 MMS motion control modules). It simplifies the
access to a library of motion-specific function blocks.

Programming motion and special functions

Movements are initiated using function blocks in the Concept or Unity Pro application
program (Quantum CPU).

The function blocks can be written in IEC Ladder or Function Block Diagrams.

Function blocks are available for each specific move type: incremental, absolute, or
continuous. In addition, function blocks are available to set parameters and configure
objects (axes, sets, cam profiles, and special application functions).

The sequence of events or movements can be controlled by using the Sequential

Function Chart (Grafcet) defined by IEC standard 61131-3.

Application-specific functions, such as Continuous Registration, are set up using the

MMF_SUB function block (see screen opposite).

Descritpion: Characteristics: References: Connections:

page 40 pages 42 and 43 pages 44 and 45 page 45

41
 Characteristics Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS 141 MMS Quantum motion control

modules

Functional characteristics of modules 141 MMS 425 01/535 02

Type of module 141 MMS 425 01 141 MMS 535 02
Software kit 396 MMC 500 04 With the assistance 396 MMC 500 04 With the assistance
of our application of our application
services (1) services (1)
Number of axes – 22 max – 32 max

Type of axes Actual axes 8 16 8 22

(connected to Lexium drives)
Imaginary axes 4 Up to 22 axes/sets of 4 Up to 32 axes/sets of
axes axes

Remote axes 4, for interpretation of Up to 22 axes/sets of 4, for interpretation of Up to 32 axes/sets of

remote position by axes remote position by axes
encoder encoder
Set of axes Coordinates 4 allowed in each Up to 22 axes/sets of 4 allowed in each Up to 32 axes/sets of
group for the linear axes group for the linear axes
interpolation of up to 8 interpolation of up to 8
3 axes (max.) axes (max.)
Followers 4 groups up to 8 axes Up to 22 axes/sets of 4 groups up to 8 axes Up to 32 axes/sets of
maximum axes maximum axes

Cam profile 8 profiles which can be Any number up to the 8 profiles which can be Any number up to the
changed from PLC memory limitation of changed from PLC memory limitation of
registers 64 K points on all cam registers 64 K points on all cam
profiles profiles

Main functions
Programming Movements Homing, absolute, relative, or continuous
Immediate movement, or queued, toward a given position
Speed override possible

Special functions b Point lock position and point lock time: synchronizes a Slave axis with a Slave position target
and a Master position target using parameters
b Measure part: measures the distance between two edges on a discrete input on the drive
This can be applied to a real or auxiliary axis (position measurement via external encoder)
b Count probe (2): counts the edges on a discrete input on the drive within a period of time
b Fast index (2): starts a movement on an event.
b Registration move (2): position reading on the edge of a discrete input on the drive
b Rotary knife: cuts using a rotary knife. Synchronizes a circular axis on a linear axis and
controls a discrete output on the drive

Other special functions The development of all other special functions is possible with the use of a Motion Open C kit
requiring the assistance of our application services (1).

Stop/start functions Rapid stop, stop following configured deceleration profile

Temporary stop
Restart of stopped movement

Configuration/adjustment SERCOS ring Bus cycle time, traffic on the bus, optical power on the fiber, SERCOS loop diagnostics

Acceleration/deceleration Ramp values, ramp type (rectangular, triangular, and trapezoidal), unit choices, maximum
acceleration adjustment

Speed Speed units, default speed, maximum speed, speed modulation coefficient

Other setting Target window, rollover, software limits

Groups of Slave axes Tracking of master axis by ratio or by cam (cam profile), threshold position of tracking master,
value of the Bias during synchronization of an axis, monitoring of Master/Slave positions,
master offset for a slave axis

Groups of coordinate axes Linear interpolation

Cam profile Values of a point existing from a cam profile, number of points (5,000 maximum), type of
interpolation, table addresses

State of an activity or axis Movement in acceleration, in deceleration, in homing, servodrive fault…

Diagnostics Drive fault, tracking error, overvoltage, undervoltage, current overload, power supply fault

(1) Please consult our Regional Sales Offices.

(2) Special functions require version 1.2 of the MMFStart 396 MMC 500 04 multi-axis
programming kit.

Descritpion: References: Connections:

page 40 pages 44 and 45 page 45

42
Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS 141 MMS Quantum motion control

modules

Electrical characteristics of modules 141 MMS 425 01/535 02

Type of module 141 MMS 425 01 141 MMS 535 02
Processor MHz 66 133

PLC registers 10 000 60 000

Memory Application Mb 2 4

Static RAM Mb 2 4

Dynamic RAM Mb 8 8

SERCOS network Nature Industrial support complying with standard EN 61491

Topology Ring

Medium Fiber optic cable

Baud rate M bauds 4

3
Cycle time ms 2 to 4, configurable

Number of segments 9 max 23 max

Length of segment m 38 max with plastic fiber optic cable

150 max with glass fiber optic cable (230 µm)
Communication Serial links Number 2 RS 232 D
ports
Protocol Modbus slave

Data rate Bit/s 300…9600

Network interface 1 Modbus Plus

Consumption mA 2000 at c 5 V 2500 at c 5 V

Descritpion: References: Connections:

page 40 pages 44 and 45 page 45

43
 References Lexium motion control 1

SERCOS 141 MMS Quantum motion control

modules

References

Any of the Quantum PLC processors can be used with the SERCOS 141 MMS
motion modules. To obtain optimum performances, the cycle time of the Quantum
processor should not exceed 10 ms. The maximum number of 141 MMS modules in
a configuration depends on the processor type:

Type of processors 140 CPU 113 02 140 CPU 113 03 140 CPU 434 12A 140 CPU 534 14A
Maximum number of 2 2 6 6
MMS, NOE or NOM
modules

Description Functions Number of axes with: Reference Weight

396 MMC 500 04 Motion Open C kit kg
Programmer’s kit (1)

3 Multi-axis control modules SERCOS digital

servodrive control
8 real axes
4 imaginary axes
16 real axes
22 axes/sets of axes
141 MMS 425 01 0.520

8 sets of axes
8 real axes 22 real axes 141 MMS 535 02 0.520
8 imaginary axes 32 axes/sets of axes
8 sets of axes
Connection accessories
Description Connection Length Reference Weight
kg
Plastic fiber optic cables fitted with SMA-type Lexium 0.3 m (1 ft) 990 MCO 000 01 0.050
141 MMS 425 01
connectors MHDA 1pppN00,
(curvature radius: 25 mm minimum) MHDA 1pppA00 0.9 m (3 ft) 990 MCO 000 03 0.180
servodrive
1.5 m (5 ft) 990 MCO 000 05 0.260

4.5 m (15 ft) 990 MCO 000 15 0.770

16.5 m (55 ft) 990 MCO 000 55 2.830

22.5 m (75 ft) 990 MCO 000 75 4.070

37.5 m (125 ft) 990 MCO 001 25 5.940

Set of plastic fiber optic connections

Description Composition Reference Weight
141 MMS 535 02 kg
Set of fiber optic cables and SMA-type 12 SMA-type connectors 990 MCO KIT 01 –
connectors (2) 12 insulating sleeves
Plastic fiber optic cable, length 30 m
Equipment for installation of fiber optic cables Tools for making up cables to required 990 MCO KIT 00 –
length from a 990 MCO KIT 01 kit
Includes stripping tool, crimping pliers,
25 W/110 V cutting tool, and instructions for
use

(1) The Motion Open C kit requires the assistance of our applications services. Consult our
Regional Sales Offices.
(2) Connectors to be used exclusively for connecting SERCOS motion control modules in the
same electrical cabinet.

Descritpion: Characteristics: Connections:

page 40 pages 42 and 43 page 45

44
References (continued), Lexium motion control 1

connections SERCOS 141 MMS Quantum motion control

modules

References (continued)
Concept programming and configuration software
Description Type of user Reference Weight
license kg
Concept packages Single-user license 372 SPU 474 01 V26 –
Concept XL version 2.6
3-user license 372 SPU 474 11 V26 –

10-user license 372 SPU 474 21 V26 –

Network license 372 SPU 474 31 V26 –

SERCOS multi-axis motion control software

Designation Description Reference Weight
kg
Multi-Axis MMF start Concept library and MMF Start 396 MMC 500 04 –
programmer’s kit Shared data base creation
Backup and restoration
functions for maintenance
3
personnel.
Configuration software.

Connections

Tx 1

Rx
3
SERCOS ring network

3 3 3 3
Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx

2 2 2 2 2

Servodrive 1 Servodrive 3 Servodrive 5 Servodrive 2 Servodrive 4

1 141 MMS 425 01/535 02: Quantum multi-axis control module.

2 MHDA 1pppN00/A00: Lexium drives (equipped with the optional SERCOS card
AM0 SER 001V000) for SER/Lexium BPH motor.

3 990 MCO 000ppp: plastic fiber optic cables fitted with SMA-type connectors.

Tx Transmission.
Rx Reception.

Descritpion: Characteristics:
page 40 pages 42 and 43

45
 Presentation 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Presentation

The Lexium MHDA servodrives are designed for the control of the torque, speed and/or
position of the SER/Lexium BPH brushless motors. These servodrive units are designed
for high performance applications, which require strong dynamics and high precision
positionning.

Lexium MHDA servodrives, with 3-phase power supply, are supplied with 7 different
current ratings: permanent current 1.5 A to 70 A rms. They must also be connected to an
auxiliary power supply of c 24 V (from 0.75A to 3.5 A).

Some MHDA servodrives are equipped with an anti-start device designed to protect
anyone working on the machines. High current rating servodrives (40 to 70 A) are all
equipped with the anti-start device.

The Lexium servodrive/motor units are designed mainly to be controlled by the

positioning modules on the Modicon Premium or Modicon Quantum automation
platforms.

These Lexium MHDA servodrives are all equipped with standard + 10 V analog
setpoint.
If equipped with a SERCOS option card, they can be integrated in a SERCOS ring.

4 Furthermore, the Lexium MHDA servodrives have an integral position indexer, which
can be used in cases where the simple applications do not require positioning
modules. In this case, the numerous possibilities for connectivity (RS 232 serial link,
CANopen bus, Fipio bus, Profibus DP bus, Modbus Plus network,) respond to the
different automation structures.

Compatibility between Lexium servodrives and SER/Lexium BPH axis motors

SER Lexium 17D Lexium 17D HP Lexium BPH
brushless servodrives servodrives brushless
motors MHDA MHDA motors
1004p00 1008p00 1017p00 1028p00 1056p00 1112A00 1198A00
Permanent rms current Permanent rms current
1.5 A 3A 6A 10 A 20 A 40 A 70 A
0.4/1.1 Nm: BPH 0552S
0.9/1.9 Nm: 1.3/3.4 Nm: BPH 0751N
SER 39A 4L7S 1.1/2.5 Nm 1.1/4 Nm
SER 39B 4L3S 2.2/4.4 Nm 2.2/8.0 Nm:
1.3/2.5 Nm: 2.3/4.8 Nm: BPH 0752N
SER 39C 4L3S 2.9/4.7 Nm: 2.9/9.4 Nm:
3.7/7.2 Nm: 4.3/13.4 Nm: BPH 0952N
SER 3BA 4L3S 4.6/9.2 Nm: 4.6/15.3 Nm:
SER 3BA 4L5S 4.6/8.2 Nm 4.8/15.0 Nm
6.0/13.4 Nm: 6.0/20.3 Nm: BPH 0953N
SER 3BB 4L3S 6.6/12.0 Nm 6.6/20.0 Nm
SER 3BB 4L5S 6.6/15.8 Nm 6.6/25.0 Nm
7.4/13.6 Nm: 7.4/19.3 Nm BPH 1152N
6.8/13.5 Nm: 10.5/19.0 Nm BPH 1153N
SER 3BC 4L5S 10.0/17.0 Nm: 10.0/28.0 Nm:
SER 3BA 4L7S 10.0/16.0 Nm: 10.0/32.0 Nm
11.4/18.0 Nm: 12.0/30.0 Nm: BPH 1422N
SER 3BD 4L5D 13.4/29.0 Nm:
SER 3BB 4L7S 13.4/24.0 Nm: 13.4/38.0 Nm
14.5/24.0 Nm: 17.0/42.0 Nm: BPH 1423N
25.0/37.5 Nm: BPH 1902N
36.0/57.0 Nm: BPH 1903K
46.0/76.3 Nm: BPH 1904K
75.0/157 Nm: BPH 1907K
90.0/163 Nm: 100/230 Nm: BPH 190AK

1.1/2,5 Nm: For a SER motor, the 1st value corresponds to continuous stall torque max., and the 2nd value corresponds to peak stall torque max.
1.3/3.4 Nm: For a SER/Lexium BPH motor, the 1st value corresponds to continuous stall torque max., and the 2nd value corresponds to peak stall torque max.

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 and 65 pages 66 and 67 page 68 and 69 pages 70 and 75

46
Description 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Lexium 17D servodrives: overview

Front panel

17D servodrives are in RAL gray metal casings (degree of protection IP 20).
1 A 18-way male connector (1) (addr. X3) to connect:
v two configurable analog setpoint inputs + 10 V,
v two configurable analog outputs + 10 V,
1 v four configurable discrete inputs/two configurable discrete outputs c 24 V,
v one servodrive validation input c 24 V,
v one alarm relay contact.
3 2 A 4-way male connector (1) (addr. X4) terminal block for connection to the
4 external c 24 V power supply. This connector distributes the power supply
2 c 24 V to other Lexium servodrives.
5 3 A 3-digit display, which indicates the operating status of the servodrive, as well as
error code messages.
4 Two control keys, which provide access to the various operating modes for the
display.
5 A 4-way male connector (2) (addr. X10) for use with the anti-start function (AS
function) Only available on MHDA 1pppA00.servodrives

Top panel of MHDA servodrives (with analog setpoint ± 10V)

1 A 9-way SUB-D male connector (addr. X6) for connection to the CANopen field
bus. (RS 232 integral serial link) This connector is also used to connect the PC
compatible terminal, which supports the Unilink configuration software.
4
2
1 2 Slot for one of the following option cards:
v SERCOS digital link control card
3
v Fipio bus, Modbus Plus network, or Profibus DP bus connection card,
4 v Discrete I/O card for Lexium servodrive control with integral position indexer
5 function.
3 A 9-way SUB-D male connector (addr. X5) to connect the simulated encoder
feedback (incremental or SSI). This connector can also be used to interconnect
with other Lexium servodrives (maximum 16) in Master/Slave operation (2).
4 A 9-way SUB-D female connector (addr. X2) to connect the SER/Lexium BPH
motor resolver (includes connection of the PTC probe).
5 A 15-way SUB-D female connector (addr. X1) to connect the SinCos encoder on
the SER/ Lexium BHP motor (includes connection of the PTC probe).

Lower panel

1 Two 4-way unscrewable terminals (addr. X0A and X0B) to connect to the 3-phase
1 power supply network a 208...480 V (or single phase a 230 V). The second
connector distributes the network supply to other Lexium servodrives.
2 2 Two 4-way unscrewable terminal (addr. X7) to interconnect the Lexium servodrive
3 power buses, when operating with the braking power distribution over a set of
Lexium servodrives.
4 3 Two 4-way unscrewable terminal (addr. X8) to connect the external braking
resistance. By default, braking is on the internal resistance (shunt fitted to the
connector).
4 A 6-way male connector (addr. X9) to connect the SER/Lexium BPH motor power
(includes connection to the holding brake - model dependant).

(1) Female screw connectors supplied with each servodrive.

(2) Please use TSX CXP p83 servodrive interconnecting cables (see page 67)

Functions: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 56 and 61 pages 62 and 65 pages 66 and 67 page 68 and 69 pages 70 and 75

47
 Description (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Lexium 17D HP servodrives: overview

Front panel

Lexium 17 HP servodrives are in RAL gray metal casings (degree of protection

IP 20).

1 A 18-way female connector (1) (addr. X3) to connect:

v two configurable analog setpoint inputs ±10 V,
v two configurable analog outputs ±10 V,
v four configurable discrete inputs/outputs c 24 V,
v one servodrive validation input c 24 V,
9 10 v one alarm relay contact.
6 8 2 A 6-way male connector (2) (addr. X4) to connect the auxiliary power supply
7 c 24 V and the holding brake connection (depending on the model of SER/
Lexium BPH motor).
1 3
A EMC filter for this supply is built-in to the Lexium 17D HP servodrives.

4 3 A 3-digit display, which indicates the operating status of the servodrive, as well as
5 2 error code messages.

4 Two control keys, which provide access to the various operating modes for the
display.
4 5 A 4-way male connector (2) (addr. X10) for use with the anti-start function
(AS function).

6 A 9-way SUB-D male connector (addr. X6) to connect the servodrive to the
CANopen field bus. (RS 232 integral serial link) This connector is also used to
connect the PC compatible terminal, which supports the Unilink configuration
software.

7 Slot for one of the following option cards:

v SERCOS digital link control card
v Fipio bus, Modbus Plus network, or Profibus DP bus connection card,
v CANopen bus adapter to ensure conformity of link 6 above to the CANopen
standard.
v Discrete I/O card for Lexium servodrive control with integral position indexer
function.

8 A 9-way SUB-D male connector (addr. X5). Connects the simulated encoder
feedback (incremental or SSI), for the ± 10 V analog setpoint servodrives.
This connector can also be used to interconnect with other Lexium servodrives
(maximum 16) in Master/Slave operation (3).

9 A 9-way SUB-D female connector (addr. X2) to connect the SER/Lexium BPH
motor resolver (includes connection of the PTC probe).

10 A 15-way SUB-D female connector (addr. X1) to connect the SinCos encoder on
the SER/ Lexium BHP motor (includes connection of the PTC probe).

Lower panel

1 11-way screw terminal (addr. X0) to connect :

v Connect to the 3-phase power supply network a 208...480 V. An external choke
1 must be inserted between the network supply and the 17D HP servodrive (4). The
EMC filter for the power input is not built-in, which means that it should be externally
provided, when Class A is essential (non-propagation of electromagnetic
disturbances).
v The power connection of the SER/Lexium BPH motor.
v The connection of the external braking resistance. The 17D HP servodrives do not
have internal braking resistance.

(1) Male screw connectors supplied with each servodrive.

(2) Female screw connectors supplied with each servodrive.
(3) Please use TSX CXP p83 servodrive interconnecting cables (see page 67)
(4) External input choke is not necessary when using isolation transformers 840pp shown on
page 73

Functions: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 56 and 61 pages 62 and 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 and 75

48
Functions 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Functions
Power supplies

The Lexium servodrives can be directly connected to 3-phase mains supply, whose
nominal value can be any voltage within the range a 208…480 V, 50…60 Hz. If the
motor’s maximum speed and current rating are derated (see page 62), low current
rating Lexium servodrives can be powered by a a 230 V single phase supply.
b Withstance of electromagnetic disturbances and non-propagation of
electromagnetic disturbances is provided by the EMC filter integral to the Lexium
17D servodrives (1), in compliance with EEC directives 89/336, 92/31 and 93/68.

b Lexium servodrives are compatible with the TT or TN loads. When the load is IT
(isolated neutral), it is necessary to provide an isolating transformer so that a TT load
(neutral to ground) can be re-built on the secondary (servodrive side).

b An auxiliary c 24 V SELV power supply is required for the internal electronic circuits
and the input/output interfaces (isolation required for the motor power supply).

Internal braking resistance (for Lexium 17D servodrives only)

The servodrive is fitted with a braking (or ballast) resistance (80 or 200 W depending
on the model). Depending on the required braking characteristics, internal braking
can be disabled and an external 250, 500 or 1500 W braking resistance used
instead, depending on the Lexium 17D servodrive used.
Placing the servodrive power buses in parallel shares the internal capacitors and
4
braking resistances, thus making it possible to benefit from the cumulative absorption
and dissipation capacities offered by the servodrives.
17D HP servodrives do not have internal braking resistance. See page 111 for
external braking resistance selection.

Signal processing/motor control

b Three programmable built-in digital regulators:

v a current regulator (torque image) with a control loop period of 62.5 µs,
v a speed regulator with proportional and integral gain with a control loop period of
250 µs,
v a position regulator with a control loop period of 250 µs.

b Processing of motor position feedback signals from the motor sensor (SinCos
EnDAT® or SinCos Hiperface ®) type high resolution absolute encoder or resolver).
Using this information, the servodrive can generate a simulated encoder feedback,
which can be either incremental or absolute SSI. The simulated encoder feedback
and external encoder functions can not be used concurrently.

b Two discrete data bits control the automation system:

v one servodrive validation input c 24 V,
v one volt-free relay output, for servodrive faults.

b Two analog inputs/outputs + 10 V and four discrete inputs/two discrete outputs

c 24 V, allowing Lexium servodrives to be integrated into sequential command
systems controlled by programmable PLCs (e.g. Micro). The I/O functions can be
configured.

b Integral position indexer: In addition, Lexium MHDA servodrives have integral

position indexing (243 program steps, of which 180 are stored). This positioning
function performs simple automation operations, which permanently do not require
motion control modules.

b Connectivity: Lexium MHDA servodrives all have an RS 232 serial link or

CANopen bus link. If an option card is added, they can also be connected to the
Modbus Plus network, a Fipio bus or a Profibus DP bus (or a SERCOS network).

(1) With Lexium 17D HP servodrives, an AMO EMC p1p external EMC input filter may be
required on the power supply side.

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 and 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 and 75

49
 Functions (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

AS anti-start function

The AS (anti-start) function found on all Lexium MHDA ppppA00 servodrive models
should be used primarily when the motor has to be de-activated, as for instance
when operators need to have access to the machines for brief periods of time.
The system consists of an additional auxiliary relay switch, accessible on the 4-way
screw terminal (rep. X10). When the relay switch coil is automatically activated, this
locks the servodrive power bridge, cutting out the motor power supply (1).

The anti-start relay contact is used to check that the locking mechanism is activated.
The state of the relay contact must be checked constantly by the control system: to
ensure that the system is working and that emergency stop and locking procedures
are strictly applied.

The AS (anti-start) function is standard in all Lexium MDHA ppppA00 servodrives

and provides the following features:
b Servodrive power supply stays ON even when system is locked.
b Reduced cabling requirements.

Configuring the Lexium MHDA servodrives

MHDA servodrives must be configured using the Unilink software installed on a PC.
This terminal is connected to the servodrives via a RS 232 C serial link.
4 Accessible parameters relate to:
b The type of motor, braking.
b The position loop.
b The speed loop.
b The current loop (torque).
b The power converter.
b The discrete and analog I/O.
b The integral position indexer.
b Modbus Plus, CANopen or SERCOS communication.

These parameters are backed up to the servodrive EEProm memory using Unilink
software.

The multi-lingual Unilink software, compatible with Windows 95/98, 2000, NT 4.0
and XP, is supplied with the "Lexium motion tools" CD-Rom AM0 CSW 001 V300,
also including the following multi-lingual (French, English, German, Spanish and
Italian) documentation:
b Technical guide to SER/BPH motors.
b SER/BPH motor file library for CAD software (2D and 3D).
b Lexium 17D and 17D HP servodrives user guide
b List of ASCII commands for the Lexium 17D servodrives (English and German).
b Unilink software user guide.
b Graphic Motion Task for Unilink software.
b SERCOS ring communication.
b Fipio bus communication.
b CANopen bus communication.
b Modbus Plus network communication.
b Profibus DP communication.
b Example file for the installation of a CANopen bus application on a Premium
platform.
b .esd files for configuring the CANopen bus with the SyCon configuration tool.
b .gsd files for configuring the Profibus DP bus with the SyCon configuration tool.
b .dib files, images of the Lexium servodrives.
(1) Vertical axis immobilization can only be obtained by installing a mechanical locking system
(servo brake) on the axes.

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 and 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 and 75

50
Presentation of Unilink Lexium motion control 1

software 0
Lexium servodrives

Presentation of Unilink software

Unilink software is used to configure and adjust Lexium MHDA servodrives according
to the associated BPH axis motor and the application requirements. During these
phases, the PC supporting Unilink software under Windows 95/98, 2000, NT 4.0 or
XP, is connected to MHDA servodrives via a serial link ( 9 -way SUB-D connector,
on X6).
Three types of configuration are possible:
b MHDA servodrive with analog setpoint, with Premium or Quantum motion control
module.
b MHDA servodrive with SERCOS digital link option card; with Premium or Quantum
motion control module.
b MHDA servodrive in independent position indexer mode with discrete input/output
control or field bus control.

MHDA servodrive with analog setpoint

The MHDA servodrive with analog setpoint is associated with the TSX CAY 2p/33/
4p (with Premium platform) or the 140 MSB 101 00 (with Quantum platform) motion
control module. The KP position loop is executed in the automation platform control
module. It is configured and adjusted using PL7 Junior/Pro (with TSX CAY module) or
Concept (with 140 MSB module) programming software.
The closed KV speed loop and KT torque loop in the MHDA servodrive are configured
and adjusted using Unilink software.
The motion program, which defines the paths, is in the Premium or Quantum platform
4
application program. The position and speed setpoints are calculated by the motion
control module.
Premium/Quantum platform Lexium MHDA servodrive

TSX CAY or 140 MSB

PLC
Process Input/output Set-up/
diagnostics
Motor
SER/Lexium
Path BPH
KP KV KT
PLC program

Motion control module Servodrive with analog setpoint

MHDA servodrive with SERCOS digital link

The MHDA servodrive with the SERCOS digital link option card is associated with
the TSX CSY 84/164 (with Premium platform) or 141 MMS 425 01/535 02 (with
Quantum platform) motion control modules. The closed KP position loops, KV speed
loops and KT torque loops in the servodrive are configured and adjusted using
Unilink software. The motion program, which defines the paths, is in the Premium or
Quantum platform application program. The position setpoints are calculated by the
motion control module (position mode). The motion control module can also work out
the speed reference (speed mode) or the current reference (torque mode). The last
two modes can be accessed with the assistance of Schneider application services.

Premium/Quantum platform Lexium MHDA servodrive with AM0 SER 001V000 SERCOS card
TSX SAY or 141 MMS

Process PLC Set-up/ Set-up/

Input/output diagnostics diagnostics
Motor
SER/Lexium
Path BPH
KP KV KT
PLC program

SERCOS axis control module

SERCOS digital link servodrive

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 and 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 and 75

51
 Presentation of Unilink Lexium motion control 1

software (continued) 0
Lexium servodrives

Presentation of the Unilink software (continued)

MHDA servodrive with integral position indexer function

MHDA servodrives have an integral position indexer function. The servodrive is then
controlled by its discrete input/outputs, which can be extended to 14 discrete inputs/
8 discrete outputs, using extension card AMO INE 001V000. The closed KP position
loops, KV speed loops and KT torque loops in the MHDA servodrive are configured
and adjusted using Unilink software. The motion program (243 program steps, of
which 180 are permanently stored in Flashmemory) and the calculation of the
position setpoints are provided by the integral position indexer of the MHDA
servodrive.

PLC
Lexium MHDA servodrive
243 program steps

Motor
Path SER/Lexium
BPH
KP KV KT
Process
PLC I/O

4
Connectivity of the MHDA servodrive with integral position indexer function

The MHDA servodrive can be remotely controlled by:

b The CANopen bus or the integral RS 232 C serial link, available as standard on
the X6 connector.
b With the addition of an option card, they can be connected to the Fipio bus, the
Modbus Plus network,or the Profibus DP bus.
These links download the motion program steps (servodrive in run mode for the 63
steps stored in the dynamic RAM memory). They also allow the set-up and
diagnostics functions of the drive.

Modbus Plus/CANopen
Profibus DP/Fipio

Lexium MHDA servodrive

Premium Diagnostics

Parameters Motor
SER/Lexium
OR Path BPH

KP KV KT

Program
RS 232 243 steps

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 and 65 pages 68 and 69 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 and 75

52
Unilink software functions 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Unilink software functions

Basic screen

The basic screen providing access to the Unilink software services and functions is
1 divided into three zones:
1 Top bar, for accessing the main functions.

2 Block diagram for accessing the configuration/adjust/set-up and the realtime

display of the different drive values.
2
3 Lower zone indicating the drive status.

Main Unilink functions

Servodrive configuration
Used at servodrive level to select the power supply voltage and the braking resistance (internal/
external for the Lexium 17D servodrive, external for 17D HP servodrives. Used to define the
name of the servodrive.

Offline/online operation
used to import or export drive parameters and data files as well as the motion task for the integral 4
position indexer function.
These functions allow the servodrive application to be developed offline.

Hyperterminal mode
The set of drive parameters is accessible in read/write mode from a single terminal operating in
ASCII mode

Monitor mode
Realtime display of 17 drive data items, for example, values for the following: analog setpoint
inputs, instantaneous current, actual speed, drive power bus voltage (DC bus), braking power,
angular position of the axis, following error, etc.

Oscilloscope mode
Storage and display, in the form of internal drive data curves, of values for the following:
setpoint, actual speed and current, drive power bus voltage, image of ›following error. Activation
of the speed increment generation service (up and down) for optimizing loop tuning

Stop command Motion stop control (for safety reasons, this software control should not be substituted for the
external Emergency stop command).

EEP memory access for the Lexium E2 Save saves the defined set of servodrive parameters in the EEProm memory
2
servodrive E Clear clears the content of the EEProm memory

Bode diagram
ϕ
Acquires data (gain G and phase shift ) in the frequential domain.
Graphically displays the responses in frequency.

53
 Unilink software functions Lexium motion control 1

(continued) 0
Lexium servodrives

Lexium servodrive parameters

Motor parameters Used to define the parameters for MHDA servodrives, according to the associated motor.
Used to define motor with or without brake, maximum speed, and to adapt the min. and max.
motor currents. When used with SER/BPH motors, which are referenced in the Unilink software,
the selection of a motor causes its parameters to be set up by default. It is the responsibility of
the user, should it be necessary, to adjust these values for another application.

Motor encoder selection Defines the type and characteristics of motor encoder feedback (resolver, SinCos EnDAT/
Hiperface high resolution absolute encoder)

Electronic gearing command or encoder Defines the type and characteristics of the simulated, incremental or absolute SSI (1) encoder
emulation feedback or the type in electronic gearing mode (ROD)

Servodrive operating mode

Specifies the servodrive operating mode:
v MHDA servodrive with analog setpoint, with TSX CAY pp or 140 MSB 101 00 motion control
4 module.
v MHDA servodrive with SERCOS digital link, with TSX CSY 84/164 or
141 MMS 425 01/435 02 motion control module
v MHDA servodrive with integral position indexer
v MHDA servodrive in independent mode in Master/Slave operation (electronic gearing)
v MHDA servodrive connected to a PLC via the CANopen/Fipio/Profibus DP bus or the
Modbus Plus network

Functions associated to discrete inputs/ Assigns:

outputs v a specific function to 4 inputs (1 of 25, depending on the type of servodrive). For example,
position limit sensor, speed reference analog input, deactivation of integral position check,
homing, starting a motion sequence, brake control, etc.
v a specific function to 2 outputs (1 of 26, depending on the type of servodrive). For example,
following error, actual position greater than a predefined value, target position reached,
servodrive inhibited, etc.

Furthermore, this screen displays the state of the I/O in realtime.

Functions associated with the analog Assigns:

input/outputs (with MHDA servodrive) v a specific function to 2 analog inputs (1 of 6, depending on the type of servodrive).
For example, control voltage on the first input, control current on the second input, setpoint
corresponding to the sum of the 2 analog inputs, etc. The automatic offset compensation
and scaling can be configured on these 2 inputs.

v a specific function to 2 analog outputs (1 of 5). For example, actual speed or current values,
setpoint values for speed or current, following error image, etc.

Furthermore, this screen displays the values (mV) of the I/O in realtime. These I/O allow many
possibilities for applications which require electrical shafts (for example, sending an analog
output from the "Master" servodrive, current image and setpoint, to an analog input on the
"Slave" servodrive in order to create a coupled electrical shafts).

Set-up of the current loop Adjusts the parameters of the KT current loop using the defined default values
through the set-up operation of the "SET Motor" SER/BPH motor

(1) To use the encoder output in absolute SSI simulation mode, contact our Regional Sales
Offices.

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 and 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 and 75

54
Unilink software functions Lexium motion control 1

(continued) 0
Lexium servodrives

Lexium servodrives parameters (continued)

Speed loop settings Adjusts the KV speed loop gain parameters using the default values defined by the SER/BPH
motor set-up operation "SET Motor". For example, maximum speed, overspeed threshold,
acceleration and deceleration ramps, Emergency stop deceleration time, etc.

Position loop parameter settings The position loop parameter settings are only effective with MHDA servodrives with a SERCOS
link or with the MHDA servodrives in integral position indexer mode. Adjusts the KV speed loop
and KP position loop gain parameters and defines the maximum following error.

The following additional functions can be accessed:

v Specifies the homing type and parameters (acceleration/deceleration ramps and speed).
Also used to define motion speed in running continual manual (JOG) mode.

v Used in follower mode to specify the type of motor position feedback and define the
movement multiplier ratio

v Provides access to the following definitions:

- axis type (linear or rotary),
- axis resolution,
- minimum acceleration/deceleration time, maximum speed, data relating to the target
windows, position registers, upper/lower software limits, thresholds to compare the current
position (determine discrete output status).

v Used to program the movement steps in integral position indexer operation, including for
each step (243 steps max.):
- movement type (absolute or relative),
- target position and setpoint speed,
- speed profile (trapezoid or sinusoid),
- conditions for accessing the next step,
- definition of start conditions.

Lexium servodrive status display

Drive status
The lower zone of the basic screen:

v indicates the servodrive status,

v provides access to a window, which displays the current alarm or fault in realtime, as well as
its history and frequency.

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Links

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 and 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 and 75

55
 Connectivity of MHDA Lexium motion control 1

servodrives 0
Lexium Servodrives

Motion control applications

MHDA servodrives support connections using the CANopen bus, Modbus Plus
network, Fipio bus or Profibus DP bus. The CANopen bus connection
b is standard on MHDA servodrives.
b The Modbus Plus network can be established by adding an option card.
b The Fipio bus can be established by adding an option card.
b The Profibus DP bus can be established by adding an option card.
This type of structure is used to respond to performances in three types of
applications: applications with independent servodrives, PLC controlled independent
axes and PLC controlled electronic gearing.
Applications with independent servodrives

MT1
MT2 SP1 KP KV KT
Axe 1
Bus/network

Start Motion Task 0 axe 1 MTn

Start Motion Task 0 axe 2
MT1
MT2 SP2
Start Motion Task 1 axe 1 KP KV KT
Axe 2
Start Motion Task 3 axe 2

4 MTn

The "Motion tasks" (MT) for each Lexium servodrive are managed using the basic
activation/deactivation commands from the Premium or Quantum PLCs (i.e. start,
stop, etc.).
Typical number of controlled servodrives: 16
Independent axes controlled by PLC

SP1
KP KV KT Axe 1
Bus/network

MT1 motion parameters

(position, speed, acceleration)

MT1 motion parameters SP2 KP KV KT

(new positions, speed, Axe 2
acceleration)

The PLC application calculates and directly updates the parameters for a
"Motion Task" (position/speed/acceleration) for each movement for each of the
servodrives, which work out various paths from these parameters.
Typical number of controlled servodrives: 4 to 8
Electronic gearing controlled by PLC

SP1
KP KV KT Axe 1
Path generator
Bus/network

Speed
Set point SP1

Set point SP2

SP2
KP KV KT Axe 2
t

Setpoint SP2 = f [SP1(t) x ratio]

The path (position or speed or torque) of the virtual Master axis is worked out by the
PLC. This path is used to determine the new positions of each of the Slave axes in
each PLC cycle according to the formula SPn = [SP1 (t) x ratio].
Typical number of controlled servodrives: 2 to 4

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 69 to 75

56
Connectivity of MHDA Lexium motion control 1

servodrives (continued) 0
Lexium Servodrives

Software configuration

Communication and Parameterizing are integrated in the following software tools:

b Configuration mode for PL7Junior/Pro or Concept, depending on the medium used:

v CANopen and Profibus DP bus: the configuration mode of the PL7 Junior/Pro or
Concept installation software is used to define the communication buffers (addresses
and lengths of the %MW input and output word tables).

v Modbus Plus network: the configuration mode of the PL7 Junior/Pro or Concept
installation software is used to define the data exchanged.

v Fipio bus: the configuration mode of the PL7 Junior/Pro installation software is
Configuration example for Fipio with PL7 Junior/Pro
used to define the numbers of the connection points from the Lexium MHDA
servodrives to the Fipio bus.

v Profibus DP bus: the configuration mode of the PL7 Junior/Pro installation software
is used to define the numbers of the connection points from the Lexium MHDA to the
Profibus DP bus.

b The CANopen bus and Profibus DP bus are configured using a specific software
(SyCon) to be ordered separately (reference SYS SPU LFp CD28M). This software
is used to generate a configuration file to define the data exchanged on the bus.
The file must be imported in the PL7 application via the PL7Junior/Pro installation 4
software.

Configuration example for CANopen with the SyCon tool

b Unilink software: is used to define the address of the Lexium servodrive on which
the user would like to communicate with. The transmission speed of the CANopen
bus or the Modbus Plus network is also defined at this level.

Furthermore, with the Modbus Plus network, a function of the Unilink software can
be used to define the configuration parameters and display the Modbus Plus
communication status.

The Unlilink software is also used to define the parameters relating to the Fipio bus
(time-out, etc.).

Configuration example for Modbus Plus with Unilink

Debugging

The Unilink software and PL7 Junior/Pro installation software provide different
debugging services:

b Unilink software: access to commands and statuses for managing DRIVECOM,

including specific debugging screens with the Profibus bus.

b PL7 Junior/Pro software: specific debugging and diagnostics screens with the
Fipio bus (see left for example).

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 to 75

57
 Connectivity of MHDA Lexium motion control 1

servodrives (continued) 0
Lexium servodrives

Fipio bus
Architecture

Premium (bus manager)

Lexium MHDA
servodrives
Magelis IPC Magelis XBT,
CCX17

Momentum

Fipio

AS-i gateway
Micro (Agent) Premium (Agent)
Sealed TBX AS-i
ATV

The Fipio field bus is an industrial standard for communication between different PLC
components. This field bus complies with the WorldFip standard for production/
4 consumption mechanisms. It is used for extending remote I/O to up to 15 km.
Schneider Electric is a major promoter of Fipio bus technology, which supports the
connectivity of PLCs, Lexium servodrives, Altivar starter motors, Magelis terminals
and the partner products of the Schneider Alliances program.
Characteristics
Type of bus Fipio bus

Compatibility Modicon automation platform Premium (TSX P 57 153/253/2823/353/453/4823) or Atrium coprocessor (T PCX 57 353)

Profile Open industrial medium complying with the World Fip standard

Transmission Rate 1 Mbit/s

Medium 150 W double twisted shielded pair

Length Max. 1,000 m for an electrical segment

Max. 3,000 m for an optical segment
Device addressing 1…62

Fipio utilities with Lexium MHDA X-Way Uni-Te utilities Access to all the parameters of the Lexium servodrives in read/write:
servodrive v "DRIVECOM" data for operating modes and fault management modes
v operating modes
v Motion Task movement data (realtime modification of acceleration, position and speed)
v external position, speed and torque setpoints
v servodrive status, path and fault data
v loading and downloading of the servodrive parameters (max. 128 bytes of data)

Installation utility v integrated installation screens (presymbolization of objects, management of double word
using PL7 Junior/Pro length, debugging and diagnostics screens)
software v "FDR" utility, operating context restoration for servodrive replacement

Configuration tool Unilink software (version u 2.5)

Installation tool PL7 Junior/Pro software (version 4.2, recommended 4.3)

Fipio communication card Optional AM0 FIP 001V000 card

Cabling system Wiring on MHDA 9-way SUB-D male connector

servodrive

T-Junction box TSX FP ACC3/ACC4 block

Derivation cable TSX FP CCp00 cable

Main cable TSX FP CA/CRp00 cable

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 to 69 pages 70 to 75

58
Connectivity of the MHDA Lexium motion control 1

servodrives (continued) 0
Lexium Servodrives

Modbus Plus network

Architecture

Premium or Quantum

Magelis XBT-F/T XBT

Repeater

ATV58-F Third party products

Lexium MHDA servodrive

The Modbus Plus communication network is a high baud rate industrial network (up
to 1 Mbit/s). It consists of a main segment and secondary segments concerning the
use of accessories such as electric repeaters, optical repeaters or bridges.
The Modbus Plus network supports connectivity for Schneider products (PLCs,
distributed I/O, ATV variable speeddrives, Magelis terminals with graphic screens
etc. As part of the Schneider Alliances partnership, several third party products are 4
compatible with the Modbus Plus network.

Characteristics
Type of network Modbus Plus network
Compatibility Modicon automation platform Premium, Quantum and Micro

Profile Exchanges:
v Peer Cop 9 registers
v Global Data 18 registers
v Modbus Messaging

Transmission Rate 500...1000 Kbit/s

Medium Twisted pair, optic fiber

Length v max. 450 m per segment

v max. 1,800 m with 3 repeaters
Device addressing 1...63

Modbus Plus utilities with Peer Cop (1) Read/write access to Lexium servodrive Status/Command data:
Lexium MDHA servodrives Global data (1) v "DRIVECOM" registers
v Setpoints (position, speed and torque)
v Run/Stop for Motion tasks
v "OPMODE" operating modes
v "STATCOD and ERRCOD" diagnostics, etc.

The Global Data utility is only effective when transmitting data from Lexium servodrives

Modbus Messaging Access to all the above data as well as to the following parameters:
v Adjustment of torque, speed and position loops
v Monitoring (threshold, gap, etc.)

Configuration tool v PL7 Junior/Pro software with Premium platform

v Concept software with Quantum platform

Modbus Plus communication card Optional AM0 MBP 001V000 card, requiring a Lexium 17D or 17D HP servodrive,
version RL > 08 (9-way SUB-D male connector)

Cabling system (2) Junction boxes v IP 20 T-Junction box 990_NAD 230 00 Requires cabling tool ref. 043 509 383
v IP 65 T-Junction box 990_NAD 230 10 (connection on screw terminals)
Derivation cables 990 NAD 211 10/30 derivation cable (length 2, 4 or 6 m). Servodrive end of cable equipped with
a 9-way SUB-D female connector and derivation end with free wires
(1) Utilities available only on the main segment of the Modbus Plus, and with Premium or
Quantum platforms only.
(2) For other Modbus Plus network connection cables and accessories, consult our Premium
platform and Quantum platform catalogs.

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 to 75

59
 Connectivity of MHDA Lexium motion control 1

servodrives (continued) 0
Lexium Servodrives

CANopen bus
Architecture

Premium
The CANopen bus is a field bus based on CAN low layers and components. It
complies with standard ISO 11898 compliant. Thanks to its standard communication
profiles, the CANopen bus can be used to ensure the opening and interoperability
of various devices (servodrives, motor starters, smart sensors, etc.)

The CANopen bus is a multi-master bus, which guarantees a sure and deterministic
access to realtime automation device data. The CSMA/CA type protocol is based on
exchanges, transmitted cyclically or on event, which guarantee optimum use of the
Lexium MHDA
bandwidth. A messaging channel is also used to parameterize the slave devices.

Lexium MHDA servodrives are all equipped with a CANopen bus compatible
interface (connector on X6, see pages 25 and 48).

Lexium MHDA

ATV-58F

4
Motor starter Smart sensors

Characteristics
Type of bus CANopen bus
CANopen communication Integrated with the Lexium MHDA servodrive

Compatibility Modicon automation platform Premium (with the PCMCIA card and SYS SPU LFp CD28M, SyCon CANopen configuration
software)
Profile CANopen DS with DSP 402 profile

Transmission Rate 250...1000 Kbit/s

Medium Shielded twisted double pair

Length Max. 20 m at 1 Mbit/s

Max. 70 m at 500 Kbit/s
Max. 115 m at 250 Kbit/s

Device addressing 0 to 63

CANopen utility with PDO (Process Date Object) Implicit read/write access to Lexium servodrive Status/Command data (using %MW words):
Lexium MHDA servodrive periodic exchange v Setpoints (position and torque)
v Stop/start "Motion Tasks"
v Command register/DRIVECOM status

SDO messaging Explicit access (by READ_VAR/WRITE_VAR function) to the following parameters:
(Service Data Object) v Adjustment of torque, speed and position loops
v Monitoring (threshold, gap, etc.)
v "OPMODE" operating modes
v "STATCOD and ERRCOD" diagnostics

SYNC object For applications requiring axis synchronization (1)

Configuration tool SYS SPU LFp CD28M, SyCon configuration software

CANopen cabling system Wiring on MHDA servodrive A 9-way SUB-D male connector (addr. X6)

T-Junction box TSX CPP ACC1 (1 x 15-way SUB-D male connector on the device end and 2 9-way SUB-D
male connectors on the bus end)
Derivation cable Client provision

(1) Function available with version SVu 4.51 MHDA servodrives.

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 69 to 75

60
Connectivity of MHDA Lexium motion control 1

servodrives (continued) 0
Lexium Servodrives

Profibus DP bus
Architecture

Lexium
Premium MHDA
servodrive

Repeaters
(max. 3)

With PL7 and Momentum

DP software
ATV

The Profibus DP bus is a field bus that meets industrial communication requirements.
Profibus DP has linear bus topology with a Master/Slave-type centralized access
procedure.
The physical link is made by a single shielded twisted pair, although optical interfaces
are available for establishing tree, star or ring structures.
4
Characteristics
Bus type Profibus DP bus
Compatibility Modicon automation platform Premium and Quantum

Profile Industrial bus, line architecture with end of line resistance

Transmission/length Baud rate/segment length 9.6 Kbit/s: 1,200m (4,800 m with 3 repeaters) at 12 Mbit/s 100 m (400 m with 3 repeaters)
Medium Twisted pair, optic fiber, infrared

Lexium servodrive addressing 1…62 (max. 32 Lexium servodrives, without repeater)

Profibus DP utilities with PPO-type 2 profile v Access to all movement parameters and diagnostics parameters (4 words PKW)
Lexium MDHA servodrives v DRIVECOM command and status words
v Access to the different Motion Task command words (speed, torque, electronic gearing)

Configuration tool SYS SPU LFp CD28M, SyCon configuration software

Installation tool Unilink software (version u 2.5)

Profibus DP communication card Optional AM0 PBS 001V000 card

Cabling system Wiring on Profibus DP 9-way SUB-D female connectors 490 NAD 911 0p
communication card:
AM0 PBS 001V000

Daisy chaining cable Profibus DP connection cable: TSX PBS CA 100/400 (length 100 m/400 m)

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 to 75

61
 Characteristics 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Characteristics of Lexium 17 D Servodrives

Lexium servodrives have been developed to comply with the main international standards which relate to electronic devices for international
automation:
b Specific requirements : operating characteristics, immunity, ruggedness, safety, etc. EN 50178, EN 60139-1, EN 60204, UL 508C, IEC 1491
(for SERCOS cards).
b Conformity to the European directives on low voltage 73/23/EEC, electromagnetic compatibility 89/336/EEC and machinery 89/392/EEC.
b Conformity to the machine safety standard NF EN 292-1.
b Electrical quality of insulating materials (electrical equipment, printed circuit boards) UL 840.
Characteristics of Lexium 17 Servodrives
Type of module MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA
1004p00 1008p00 1017p00 1028p00 1056p00
Power supply Voltage V rms a 208...480 V 3-phase ± 10%, 50/60 Hz (a 230 V authorized single-phase with derating)
Current A rms 1.8 3.6 7.2 12 24
Inrush current Internal limitation
Neutral load Compatible TN and TT loads. If the load is IT, it is necessary to use an isolation transformer on
the power supply, see page 73.
External Via circuit-breaker GV2-L10 (6.3 A) GV2-L14 (10 A) GV2-L16 (14 A) GV2-L22 (25 A)
protection against Q1
overloads and By fuse A 6 type aM 10 type aM 16 type aM 25 type aM
short circuits

Motor output Permanent current A rms 1.5/1.5 (1) 3/3 (1) 6/4 (1) 10/4 (1) 20/4 (1)
Maximum current A rms 3/3 (1) 6/4 (1) 12/4 (1) 20/4 (1) 40/4 (1)
Motor choke mH 16 min 8 min 4 min 3.5 min 1.5 min
4 Cable length m max. 75 Use motor choke AM0 FIL 001V056 for lengths > 25 m

Holding brake Nominal voltage V c 24, supplied by the external power supply, see page 63
command Current A 1.7 max

Resolver input Frequency kHz 8 ± 0.1 %

Voltage V rms 4.75
Current mA 35 max.
rms
Transformation ratio 0.5
Resolution 14 bits (2)
Cable length m 75 max

SinCos absolute Voltage V 9±5%

encoder input Current mA 200
Single-turn encoder Resolution: 20 bits (2)
Multi-turn encoder Resolution: 20 bits per revolution, number of revolutions: 12 bits (2)
Cable length m 75 max. with Hiperface encoder, 50 m max. with EnDAT encoder

Simulated Type (3) RS 485 differential, incremental format

encoder output Resolver resolution 512/1024 points
SinCos resolution 512/1024/2048/4096/8192/16384 points
Master/Slave Interface Use of the Master Lexium servodrive simulated encoder output to control up to 16 Slave Lexium
servodrives (electric gearing function)
Control loop performances Adjustable with Unilink software
Torque µs 62.5
Speed µs 250
Position µs 250
Speed scale rpm 0…6000 (0...8000 with the BPH 055 motor)

Discrete I/O Number 5 isolated (1 drive enable input, 4 inputs configurable with Unilink software)
Voltage V c 20…30
Current mA 5 to 24 V
Limit values V At state 1: > 12, at state 0: < 7 status
Acquisition period ms 1 in normal cycle, 0.050 in rapid cycle

Discrete outputs Number 2 isolated with current absorption (programmable with Unilink software)
Voltage V c 20…30
Current mA 10
Acquisition period ms 1

(1) The second value is provided for a power supply of a 230 V single-phase
(2) Position precision depends on the associated SER/Lexium BPH motor, see pages 93 and 77.
(3) For use of the simulated encoder output in absolute SSI type, please consult our Regional
Sales Offices.

Description: Functions: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 49 to 61 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 to 75

62
Characteristics (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Lexium 17D servodrive characteristics (continued)

Module type MDHA MDHA MDHA MDHA MDHA
1004p00 1008p00 1017p00 1028p00 1056p00
Alarm output Number 1 volt-free contact
Max voltage V c 30, a 42
Current mA 500 (resistive load)

Analog inputs Number 2 non-isolated differentials (programmable with Unilink software)

Input range V ± 10
Input impedance kΩ 20
Resolution 14 bits channel 1, 12 bits channel 2
Common mode V ± 10 between channels and ground
Acquisition period µs 250

Analog Number 2 non-isolated (programmable with Unilink software)

outputs Output range V ± 10
(with MHDA
Output impedance kΩ 2.2
servodrive)
Resolution 10 bits
Conversion time ms 5

Asynchronous Type RS 232 isolated

serial link Rate bit/s 9600
Transmission 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity
Dissipated internal power (at nominal current) W 30 40 60 90 200
4
Braking 3-phase servodrive power supply V 230 400 480 230 400 480 230 400 480 230 400 480 230 400 480
power On internal resistor Ω 66 66 33 33 33
Max. continual PPr W 80 80 200 200 200
Peak (1s) PCr kW 2.5 8 10.5 2.5 8 10.5 5 16 21 5 16 21 5 16 21
Protection Internal, electronic circuit-breaker

On external resistor Ω 33
Continuous PPr kW 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.75 1.2 1.5 0.75 1.2 1.5 0.75 1.2 1.5
Peak (1s) PCr kW 5 16 21 5 16 21 5 16 21 5 16 21 5 16 21
Resistance to be AM0 RFE 001 V025 AM0 RFE 001 V150
associated AM0 RFE 001 V050
Protection by F1 GK1-DD + DF2-CN04 GK1-DD + DF2-CN06
fuse (2 x 4 A gC serial fuses) (2 x 6 A gC serial fuses)

Auxiliary Limit values For SER motors, see page 88

power supply For BPH motors, see page 104
c 24 V (See
page 115)

Environment
Temperature Operation C: 0....45, 45...55 with derating of 2.5 %/°C (> 45 °C) of motor output current

Storage C: - 25…+ 70

Relative Operation 85 % without condensation

humidity
Storage 95 % without condensation

Pollution Level 2 (EN 50178)

Altitude Operation m 0...1000, up to 2500 with derating of 1.5 %/100 m (above 1000 m) of motor output current
Storage m 0…4500

Withstand to 10…57 Hz mm Sinusoidal, amplitude of 0.075 during operation

vibrations
57…150 Hz 1 g during operation

Description: Functions: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 49 to 61 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 to 75

63
 Characteristics (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Characteristics of Lexium 17D HP Servodrives

Lexium servodrives have been developed to comply with the main international standards which relate to electronic devices for international
automation:
b Specific requirements: operating characteristics, immunity, ruggedness, safety, etc. EN 50178, EN 60439-1, EN 60204, UL 508C, IEC 1491
(for SERCOS cards).
b Conformity to the European directives on low voltage 73/23/EEC, electromagnetic compatibility 89/336/EEC and machinery 89/392/EEC.
b Compatibility with the machine safety standard NF EN 292-1.
b Electrical quality of insulating materials (electrical equipment, printed circuit boards) UL 840.
Lexium 17D HP servodrive characteristics
Module type MDHA MDHA
1112A00 1198A00
Power supply Voltage V rms a 208...480 V 3-phase ± 10%, 50/60 Hz
Current A rms 48 84
Inrush current Internal limitation
Neutral load Compatible TN and TT loads. If the load is IT, it is necessary to use an isolation transformer on
the power supply, see page 73.
External
protection against Via circuit-breaker NS100LMA50 (50A) NS100LMA100 (100A)
overloads and Q1
short circuits
By fuse A 50 type aM 80 type aM

Motor output Permanent current A rms 40 70

4 Maximum current
Motor choke
A rms
mH
80
0.75 min
140
0.38 min
Cable length m 75 max

Holding brake Nominal voltage V c 24, supplied by the external power supply, see page 63
command Current A 1.7 max

Resolver input Frequency kHz 8 ± 0.1 %

Voltage V rms 4.75
Current mA 35
rms
Transformation ratio 0.5
Resolution 14 bits (1)
Cable length m 75 max

SinCos absolute Voltage V 9±5%

encoder input Current mA 200
Single-turn encoder Resolution: 20 bits (1)
Multi-turn encoder Resolution: 20 bits per revolution, number of revolutions: 12 bits (1)
Cable length m 75 max. with Hiperface encoder, 50 m max. with EnDAT encoder

Simulated Type RS 485 differential, incremental format

encoder output Resolver resolution 512/1024 points
SinCos resolution 512/1024/2048/4096/8192/16384 points

Master/Slave Interface Use of the Master Lexium servodrive simulated encoder output to control up to 16 Slave Lexium
servodrives (electric gearing function)

Control loop perfomances Adjustable with Unilink software

Torque µs 62.5
Speed µs 250
Position µs 250

Discrete I/O Number 5 isolated (1 drive enable input, 4 inputs configurable with Unilink software)
Voltage V c 20…30
Current mA 5 to 24 V
Limit values V At state 1: > 12, at state 0: < 7 status
Acquisition period ms 1 in normal cycle, 0.050 in rapid cycle

Discrete outputs Number 2 isolated with current absorption (programmable with Unilink software)
Voltage V c 20…30
Current mA 10
Acquisition period ms 1

(1) Position precision depends on the associated SER/Lexium BPH motor, see page 93.

Description: Functions: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 49 to 61 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 to 75

64
Characteristics (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Lexium 17D HP servodrive characteristics (continued)

Module type MHDA MHDA
1112A00 1198A00
Alarm output Number 1 volt-free contact
Max voltage V c 30, a 42
Current mA 500 (resistive load)

Analog inputs Number 2 non-isolated differential (programmable with Unilink software)

Input range V ± 10
Input impedance kΩ 20
Resolution 14 bits channel 1, 12 bits channel 2
Common mode V ± 10 between channels and ground
Acquisition period µs 250

Analog Number 2 non-isolated (programmable with Unilink software)

outputs Output range V ± 10
(with MHDA
Output impedance kΩ 2.2
servodrive)
Resolution 10 bits
Conversion time ms 5

Asynchronous Type RS 232 isolated

serial link Rate bit/s 9600
Transmission 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity

Dissipated internal power (at nominal current) W 400 700 4

Braking 3-phase servodrive power supply V 230 400 480 230 400 480
power On external resistor Ω 15 10
Max. continuity PPr kW 6 6
Max. peak (1s) PCr kW 10 35 45 16 50 70
Resistor to be AM0 RFE 002 V086 AM0 RFE 002 V160
associated
Protection by F1 GK1-DD + DF2-CN16 GK1-DD + DF2-CN20
fuse (2 x 16 A gG serial fuses) (2 x 20 A gG serial fuses)

Auxiliary Limit values For BPH motors, see page 104

power supply
c 24 V (See
page 115)

Environment
Temperature Operation C: 0....45, 45...55 with derating of 2.5 %/°C (> 45 °C) of motor output current

Storage C: - 25…+ 70

Relative Operation 85 % without condensation

humidity
Storage 95 % without condensation

Pollution Level 2 (EN 50178)

Altitude Operation m 0...1000, up to 2500 with derating of 1.5 %/100 m (above 1000 m) of motor output current
Storage m 0…4500

Withstand to 10…57 Hz mm Sinusoidal, amplitude of 0.075 during operation

vibrations
57…150 Hz 1 g during operation

Description: Functions: References: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 49 to 61 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 to 75

65
 References 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium Servodrives

Digital servodrives for brushless motor

Specific functions Output current Reference Weight
Permanent Discontinuous (5s) kg

Lexium 17D Servodrives

No anti-start safety function
Integral braking 1.5 A rms 3 A rms MHDA 1004N00 4.000
resistors, integral
EMC filter 3 A rms 6 A rms MHDA 1008N00 4.000

6 A rms 10 A rms MHDA 1017N00 4.000

10 A rms 20 A rms MHDA 1028N00 4.000

20 A rms 40 A rms MHDA 1056N00 7.500

Integral anti-start safety function

Integral braking 1.5 A rms 3 A rms MHDA 1004A00 4.000
MHDA 10 ppN00A00 MHDA 10ppA00 resistors, integral
EMC filter 3 A rms 6 A rms MHDA 1008A00 4.000

6 A rms 10 A rms MHDA 1017A00 4.000

10 A rms 20 A rms MHDA 1028A00 4.000

4 20 A rms 40 A rms MHDA 1056A00 7.500

Lexium 17D HP servodrives

Integral anti-start safety function
No integral braking 40 A rms 80 A rms MHDA 1112A00 19.500
resistors, no integral
EMC filter, obligatory
input choke
(1)
(to be ordered 70 A rms 140 A rms MHDA 1198A00 21.000
separately).

MHDA 1056N00/A00

Accessories for Lexium 17D Servodrives

Use Functions Reference Weight
kg
External braking resistors
MDHA 1004/1008 33 Ω, power 250 W AM0 RFE 001V025 1.200
servodrives
33Ω, power 500 W AM0 RFE 001V050 2.300

MDHA Servodrives 33Ω, power 1,500 W AM0 RFE 001V150 5.200

1017/1028/1056

Motor choke
Filter choke to be For cable lengths between servodrive/motor AM0 FIL 001V056 –
placed very close of ≥ 25 m
to the servodrive

Connecting cables
Connection to BPH motors See page 107 –
MHDA 1112/1198A00
SER motors See page 87 –

Documentation (not included with the MHDA servodrives)

Lexium 17D User Guide 890 USE 1200p –
(2)
Servodrive replacement wiring
Set of connectors for Female screw connectors AM0 SPA 001V000 –
the Lexium 17D (X3, X4, X7, X8, X0A and X0B)

(1) Input choke is obligatory when the servodrive is not powered by an isolation transformer.
(2) For the documentation, add to the end of the reference 0: English, 1: French, 2: German,
3: Spanish, 4: Italian.

Description: Functions: Characteristics: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 49 to 61 pages 62 to 65 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 to 75

66
References (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Accessories for Lexium 17D HP servodrives

Use Functions Reference Weight
kg
External braking resistors
MDHA 1112 Servodrives 15Ω, power 860 W AM0 RFE 002V086 3.500

MDHA 1198 Servodrives 10Ω, power 1600 W AM0 RFE 002V160 8.000

EMC input filters (1)

MDHA 1112 Servodrives 42 A rms permanent AM0 EMC 118 –

MDHA 1198 Servodrives 75 A rms permanent AM0 EMC 212 –

AM0 SER 001V000
Input chokes
MDHA 1112 Servodrives 60 A rms permanent AM0 CHK 170 (2) 9.000

MDHA 1198 Servodrives 75 A rms permanent AM0 CHK 212 (2) 10.000

Connection cables
Connection to BPH motors See page 107 –

Documentation
Lexium 17D HP user guide 890 USE 1220p (3) –

Servodrive replacement wiring 4

Set of connectors for the 3 screw connectors AM0 SPA 002V001 –
Lexium 17D HP (X3, X4 and X10)
AM0 FIP 001V000
Shared accessories for Lexium servodrives
Use Functions Reference Weight
kg
"Lexium motion tools" CD-ROM containing the Unilink software and a set of
documentation (4)
Configuration and setting of the Defines the type of servodrive AM0 CSW 001V300 –
Lexium 17D servodrives from a and motor
PC terminal Sets the parameters for the
servodrive and saves to the
servodrive's EEProm memory
Connection cables
Servodrive end connector ( X5) Master/Slave 2m TSX CXP 283 –
6m TSX CXP 683 –
Connection to a compatible PC, SUB-D connector with AM0 CAV 001V003 –
equipped with Unilink software 9 contacts at the PC end (3 m)
AM0 MBP 001V000 Connection to the CAY and CSY – See pages 16 and –
positioning modules 29
Optional items for MHDA servodrives (1 slot)
SERCOS digital link card SERCOS network AM0 SER 001V000 0.150
Communication cards Fipio bus (5) and (6) AM0 FIP 001V000 0.140

Modbus Plus network (5) AM0 MBP 001V000 0.140

Profibus DP bus (5) and (6) AM0 PBS 001V000 0.140

Input/Output cards 14 discrete inputs/8 discrete AM0 INE 001V000 0.180

Discrete outputs for controlling the
MHDA servodrive integral
position indexer
(1) Radio interference filter element to be ordered when class A EMC (EN55011) resistance is
necessary.
AM0 PBS 001V000 (2) Must be ordered with the servodrive. Do not order if an isolation transformer in IT load is used.
(3) For the documentation, add to the end of the reference 0: English, 1: French,
2: German, 3: Spanish, 4: Italian
(4) For details, see page 50.
(5) Connection accessories, see wiring system pages 74 and 75.
(6) Requires Unilink software version u V2.5, included in reference AM0 CSW 001V200.

Functions: Description: Characteristics: Dimensions: Connections:

pages 49 to 61 pages 47 and 48 pages 62 to 65 pages 68 and 69 pages 70 to 75

67
 Dimensions 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Lexium 17D servodrives

Common side view MHDA 1004/1008/1017/1028 p00 MHDA 1056p00:

305
305

325
275

325
265 70 = 50 =
273 (1) 120

(1) With connectors

Lexium 17D HP Servodrives
4 Common side view MHDA1112/1198 A00 375 (2)
345

300 250
308 (1)

(1) With connectors (2) 495 with grounding part

Mounting
Lexium 17D servodrives Lexium 17D HP servodrives

(3)
45

70 85 215 70
92
305

361
45

40 70 70 70 50 40
92

(3)
(3)

(3) Cable clip or ducting

68
Dimensions (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Braking resistors EMC input filters (for Lexium 17D HP servodrives)

AM0 RFE 00pVppp AM0 EMC ppp

b1

b2

H
b
c G
H
b
J

4
a1
G
a

AM0 RFE a a1 b c G H J ∅ a b b1 b2 c G H ∅
001 V025 412 330 66 77 390 44 35 4.5 x 9 AM0 EMC 118 60 355 305 335 150 35 320 7
001 V050 486 400 92 120 426 64 64 6.5 x 12 AM0 EMC 212 80 380 300 330 185 55 314 7
001 V150 586 500 185 120 526 150 150 6.5 x 12
002 V086 386 300 92 120 326 64 64 6.5 x 12
002 V160 570 500 182 130 526 150 150 5.5 x 8

Motor choke (for Lexium 17D servodrives) Input chokes (for Lexium 17D HP servodrives)
AM0 FIL 001V056 AM0 CHK ppp
150

c
113

G H
a b
35
62

153,3
250

Phaseo power supplies c 24 V a b c G H ∅

ABL/7RE 24pp AM0 CHK 170 190 110 255 170 58 8
See page 117 AM0 CHK 212 190 120 255 170 68 8

Description: Functions: Characteristics: References: Connections:

pages 47 and 48 pages 49 to 61 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 70 to 75

69
 Connections 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Connections for the Lexium 17D Servodrives

1 Braking resistor AM0 RFE 001Vppp.

2 Motor choke AM0 FIL 001V056 (required for servodrive/motor cable lengths > 25 m).
This inductance should be placed very closely to the servodrive (≤ 1 m).

Connection cables for SER or BPH motors:

3 Power cable.
4 Resolver cable.
5 SinCos Hiperface encoder cable.

The power, resolver or SinCos Hiperface cables offer two possibilities:

b AGO FRU: Ready to use cables.
b AGO KIT: extension cables (mounting of the connector on the servodrive end
performed by the user).

For SER motors, see page 87

For BPH motors, see page 107

a 100…240 V

L1 L2 L3 1 Q2 2

4
1

3 4 5 Q2 6

Q1
A1
2

- Anti-start lock (on MHDA10ppA00)

XOA X4 X10
X3
1

- Motor enable
- Alarm
- 4 discrete inputs/2 discrete outputs
SUB-D with SUB-D with - 2 analog inputs
9 contacts 15 contacts - 2 analog outputs
X8 X9 X2 X1
1

6
1

F1 3 4 5
2

or

Integral brake Resolver SinCos Hiperface Encoder

(depending (depending (depending on model)
on model) on model)

Additional components required

Address Description
Q1 GV2-L magnetic circuit breaker, see page 62
Q2 GB2 or C60N thermal magnetic circuit breaker, see page 117
A1 Phaseo process power supply c 24 V ABL 7RE, see page 117
F1 GK1-DD bipolar fuse carrier (obligatory) with 10 x 38 DF2-CN04 (4 A) or
DF2-CN06 (6 A) type gG cartridges, see page 63
To connect the connectors X3 and X5 to the Premium motion control
modules, see page 18, for X13 and X15, see page 31
(1) Max. length 1m.

Description: Functions: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 47 and 48 pages 49 to 60 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 68 to 69

70
Connections (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Connections for the Lexium 17D HP servodrives

1 AM0 CHK 170/212 input choke (not to be used if power supply is via Schneider
recommended insulation transformer, see page 73).
2 AM0 EMC 118/212 EMC input filter (if Class A is requested).
3 AM0 RFE 002V086/160 braking resistor.
Connection cables for SER/BPH motors:
4 Power cable.
5 Resolver cable.
6 SinCos Hiperface encoder cable.
The power, resolver or SinCos Hiperface cables offer two possibilities:
b AGO FRU: Ready to use cables.
b AGO KIT: extension cables (mounting of the connector on the servodrive end
performed by the user for the resolver or SinCos encoder cable, connection on the
screw terminal on the servodrive end for the power cable).
See page 107.

L1 L2 L3
a 100…240 V
1

Q1
2

4
1 - Anti-start lock
Lock
circuit

Q2

2
A1

+ -
X0 X4 X10
X3
1

- Motor enable
1
- Alarm
- 4 discrete inputs/2 discrete outputs
SUB-D with SUB-D with
X4 X0 18 - 2 analog inputs
9 contacts 15 contacts
X2 X1 - 2 analog outputs
10

11

7
1

4 5 6
1

F1
2

or

Resolver SinCos Hiperface Encoder

Integral brake (depending (depending on model)
(depending on model)
on model)

Additional components required

Address Description
Q1 Magnetic circuit-breaker 50/100A NS100LMA 50/100, see page 64
Q2 GB2 or C60N thermal magnetic circuit breaker, see page 117
A1 Phaseo process power supply c 24 V ABL 7RE, see page 117
F1 GK1-DD bipolar fuse carrier (obligatory) with 10 x 38 DF2-CN16 (16 A) or
DF2-CN20 (20 A) type gG cartridges, see page 63
To connect the connectors X3 and X5 to the Premium motion control
modules, see page 18, for X13 and X15, see page 31.

Description: Functions: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 47 and 48 pages 49 to 61 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 70 to 75

71
 Connections (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Example of connecting a set of Lexium 17D servodrives with a distribution of braking energy
(links on X7 connectors) (1)

L3 L2 L1
1

Q1
XOA XOB XOA XOB XOA XOB
2

(2)
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4
a 100…240 V
X4 X4 X4
1

1 2 1 3 1 3
(4)
2 Q2

3 4 2 4 2 4
54

X7 X7 X7
+ DC + DC + DC + DC + DC + DC
6 Q2

(3) (3)
- DC - DC - DC - DC - DC - DC
A1 X8 X1 X8 X1 X8 X1
1 1 1
X2 X2 X2
2 2 2
3 3 3
Example of 4 4 4
4 Lexium 17D
X9 X9 X9

servodrive
5 or 6 5 or 6 5 or 6
connection 3 3 3

For keys 3, 5 and 6: See page 70

(1) The same connection principle for connecting the Lexium 17D HP servodrive power buses in parallel is possible. Please consult our Regional Sales Offices.
(2) Circuit-breaker Q1 and the power supply cables must be of sufficient size to provide protection against overloads and short-circuits on each servodrive.
The connectors (XOA, XOB) limit the line current to 20 A rms, therefore for line currents > 20 A rms use the separate power supplies and protection devices.
(3) Cables for connecting the power buses in parallel: using non-shielded cables for lengths y20 cm. For lengths > 20 cm, use shielded cables (maximum length
10 meters). The connectors (X7) are limited to 20 A.
(4) On the X4 connectors for the main servodrive, check that the sum of c 24 V power supply currents for the servodrives and the holding brakes is y 10 A.

Description: Functions: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 47 and 48 pages 49 to 61 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 70 to 75

72
Connections (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Connection of Lexium servodrives with installation in IT neutral load (insulated or impedance neutral)
L3 L2 L1 In this type of installation, a 3-phase BT/BT transformer is inserted in the supply
circuit for the servodrives, which also allows a TT load network to be re-built on the
5

secondary side. This plan, with a secondary star transformer, also meets the
Q1
following requirements:
6

1w 1v 1v
b Protection of personnel.
Primary
b Adaptation of the supply voltage. In the case of associating a MHDA 1004
servodrive with a BPH 055 motor, use a 400/230 V transformer to obtain the optimum
T1 performances for the servodrive, see page 95.

Secondary Adding an insulation transformer dispenses of the use of a AM0 CHKppp input
choke.

Merlin Gerin or Square D brand T1 3-phase transformer to be associated

The dimensions of the transformers are defined by the following formulae

PE L3 L2 L1 b Lexium servodrives with independent power supply (one transformer per servodrive):

Pu = ( 3 × Un × In × K ) × 1, 5
4
where Pu: unitary power (KVA), Un: Nominal input voltage (V), In: permanent
current (A), K = 0.9: reduction factor of the servodrive and 1.5 factor that takes into
account the call and peak currents of the servodrive.

b Lexium servodrives with common power supply (one transformer for n servodrives):

Pm = ( ΣPu ) ⁄ 2

If Pm < Pu of the largest servodrive, take Pm = Pu of the largest servodrive.

where Pm: power used (KVA) and Pu: servodrive unitary power (KVA). Formula not
applicable for permanent operation (S1 mode).

Selection of Merlin Gerin transformer with 3 x 400 V rms primary voltage

Lexium servodrives with independent power supply MHDA 1004 1008 1017 1028 1056 1112 1198
Required 230 V rms (1) kVA 0,81 –
power 400 V rms (1) kVA 1.4 2.8 5.6 9.4 19 38 66
Pu
Merlin Gerin 3-phase Nominal 230 V rms (1) kVA 2.5 –
T1 BT/BT transformer transformer 400 V rms (1) kVA 2.5 4 6.3 10 20 40 80
to be associated power
Reference 400/230 V rms 84010 –
400/400 V rms 84030 84032 84033 84035 84038 84041 84044

Lexium servodrives with common power supply kVA 2,5 4 6,3 10 20 40 80 160 250
Power required Pm Reference 400/230 V rms 84010 84012 84013 –
400/400 V rms 84030 84032 84033 84035 84038 84041 84044 84047 84049

Selection of Square D transformer with 3 x 460 V rms primary voltage

Lexium servodrives with independent power supply MHDAp 1004 1008 1017 1028 1056 1112 1198
Required 230 V rms (1) kVA 0.81 –
power 460 V rms (1) kVA 1.4 2.8 5.6 9.4 19 38 66
Pu
Square D 3-phase T1 Nominal 230 V rms (1) kVA – –
BT/BT transformer to transformer 460 V rms (1) kVA – – 7.5 11 20 40 75
be associated power
Reference 460/230 V rms – –
460/460 V rms – – 7T145 11T145 20T145 40T145 75T145
HDIT HDIT HDIT HDIT HDIT
Lexium servodrives with common power supply kVA 2.5 4 7.5 11 20 40 75 145 220
Power required Pm Reference 460/230 V rms (2) (2) 7T144 11T144 –
HDIT HDIT
460/460 V rms (2) (2) 7T145 11T145 20T145 40T145 75T145 145T145 220T145
HDIT HDIT HDIT HDIT HDIT HDIT HDIT
(1) For 3-phase secondary voltage,
(2) contact our Regional Sales Offices.
Unit equivalence: 1 kW = 0.746 HP.

73
 Connections (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Connecting Lexium MHDA servodrives to the Fipio bus

5 4 5 4 4 5
1 TSX P57p53M: Premium processor with integrated Fipio bus link manager.

2 MHDA 1pppN00/A00: Lexium 17D or 17D HP servodrives, equipped with an

D C D optional AM0 FIP 001V00 communication card.
6 6
3 TSX FP ACC2/ACC12: 9-way SUB-D female connector. Used to provide a tap link
or daisy-chain connection (case of 2nd servodrive).
3 3
4 TSX FP CA/CRpp00: trunk cable, shielded twisted pair. In lengths of 100, 200 or
500 m.

5 TSX FP ACC4/ACC3: IP 65 (TSX FP ACC4) or IP 20 (TSX FP ACC3) T-junction

3 box.
2
6 TSX FP CCp00: derivation cable, 2 shielded twisted pairs. In lengths of 100, 200
1 or 500 m.
Premium bus D: tap link connection
Other connection elements: consult our “Premium automation platform” catalogue
manager C: daisy-chain connection

Connecting Lexium MHDA servodrives to the Modbus Plus network

4
1 TSX MBP 100: Modbus Plus PCMCIA card to be placed in processor's type III slot
4 3 4 4 5 6
on the Premium platform with the TSX MBP CE 030/060 derivation cable (3 m or
6 m in length).
140 CPU ppp pp p: Quantum platform processor.
Premium
7 7
2 MHDA 1ppp N00/A00: Lexium 17D or 17D HP servodrives, equipped with the
optional AM0 MBP 001V000 Modbus Plus communication card.

3 490 NAA 2710p: main cable, shielded twisted pair with shielding drain (free wire
end). In lengths of 0.25, 0.72, 3 or 10 m.

1 4 990 NAD 230 10: IP 20 T-junction box (in plastic) to connect one device. Adapts
the impedance when installed at the end of the line (connecting the connectors
requires the 043 509 383 cabling tool).
2
5 990 NAD 230 10: IP 65 T-junction box (in zamac) to connect one device
(connection on screw terminals). Has an RJ 45 type connector to connect a
Lexium MHDA servodrives programming and maintenance terminal.
1
6 990 NAD 230 11: lot of 2 impedance line terminators (990 NAD 230 11 adapter)
for the 990 NAD 230 10 box, to be placed at the end of each segment.
Quantum
7 990 NAD 211 10/30: derivation cable with a 9-way SUB-D male connector at the
device end and a junction box with free wires. In lengths of 2.4 m or 6 m.

Functions: Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 49 to 61 pages 47 and 61 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 70 to 75

74
Connections (continued) 0
Lexium motion control 1

Lexium servodrives

Connecting Lexium MHDA servodrives to the CANopen bus

The CANopen bus is integrated as standard in Lexium servodrive.

1 TSX CPP 100: CANopen card to be placed in the processor's type III slot on the
5 4
Premium platform. Card supplied with 0.6 m length cable.

5 5 2 MHDA 1ppp N00/A00: Lexium 17D or 17D HP servodrives (connecting to the

connector, add. X6).
3
3 TSX CPP ACC1: junction box equipped with SUB-D male connectors (one with
15 contacts and two with 9 contacts).

4 Cable: a shielded twisted pair (impedance 100/120 Ω, capacity 60 nF/km max.,

2 resistance 159.8 Ω/km).

1 5 9-way SUB-D female connector. 120 Ω 1/4 W resistor to be provided at the line
Premium Lexium MHDA servodrives end.

Connecting Lexium MHDA servodrives to the Profibus DP bus.

3 5
1 TSX PBY 100: Profibus DP module set (host module, PCMCIA card and junction
box) to be placed in the Premium platform rack. 4
140 CRP 811 00: Profibus DP module set (host module, PCMCIA card and
4 4 4 junction box) to be placed in the Quantum platform rack.
1
2 MHDA 1ppp N00/A00: Lexium 17D or 17D HP servodrives, equipped with an
optional AM0 PBS 001V000 Profibus DP communication card.

3 TSX PBS CA 100/200: Profibus DP connection cable: In lengths of 100 or 400 m.

2 4 490 NAD 911 04: 9-way SUB-D male connector for intermediate connection
(gray).

Premium Lexium MHDA servodrives 5 490 NAD 911 03: 9-way SUB-D male connector for end of line (yellow).

490 NAD 911 05: 9-way SUB-D male connector for intermediate connection. Has a
9-way SUB-D female connector (for example for connecting a programming
terminal).

Functions: Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 49 to 60 pages 47 and 48 pages 62 to 65 pages 66 and 67 pages 64 to 75

75
 Presentation Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Presentation

SER AC brushless motors are equipped with Neodymium Iron Borium (NdFeB)
magnets and provide a high level of density power within a confined space, as well
as a dynamic velocity range that meets all machine requirements. Thermal protection
is provided by an integral probe in the motor. These support high overloads without
risk of demagnetization. SER motors are certified "Recognized" (UR) by the
Underwriters Laboratories. They are compliant with standard UL1004 and with
European directives (marking e).

Depending on the model, SER motors are available with a holding brake and
gearbox.

MHDA servodrives, which are associated with SER motors, deliver a sinusoidal wave
allowing perfect rotation, even at low speed.

Speed/torque characteristics

SER motors show torque/speed profiles similar to the example opposite with:
Torque in Nm
15 4, 5, 6
Tm 1 Continuous torque at 480 V, 3-phase.
2 Continuous torque at 400 V, 3-phase.
10
3 Continuous torque at 230 V, 3-phase.
6 5 4 4 Peak torque at 480 V, 3-phase.
Tn 5 Peak torque at 400 V, 3-phase.
5
1, 2, 3 6 Peak torque at 230 V, 3-phase.
3
2 1
where:
6000 (in rpm) corresponds to the motor's maximum mechanical speed.
0 Tn (in Nm) represents the continuous stall torque value.
5 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm
Tm (in Nm) represents the peak stall torque value.

Principle for determining the size of the motor according to the application
Torque in Nm
15 5 Torque/speed curves enable the optimum size of a motor to be determined. For
Tm
example, for a supply voltage of 400 V, 3-phase, the useful graphs are graphs 2 and 5.
The time diagram of speeds and torques according to the motor cycle must also be
10
Tn defined (see page 110):
2 5
Teq
1 Locate the work zone of the application in speed.
5
2
2 Verify, using the motor cycle time diagram, (see page 110), that the torques
required by the application during the different cycle phases are located within the
0
0 1000 2000Savg3000 4000 5000 6000 area bounded by graph 5 in the work zone.
Work zone Speed in rpm
3 Calculate the average speed Savg and the equivalent thermal torque Teq (see
page 110).

4 The point defined by Savg and Teq must be within the area bounded by graph 2 in
the work zone.

Functions: Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

page 77 page 78 pages 79 to 84 pages 86 and 87 page 85

76
Functions Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Functions
General functions

SER brushless motors have been developed to meet to the following requirements:
b Functional characteristics, robustness, safety, etc. in compliance with IEC 34-1.
b Ambient operating temperature: - 25...40 °C according to DIN 50019R14.
b Relative humidity: y 75 % yearly average/95 % for 30 days without condensation.
b Storage and transport temperature: - 25...70 °C.
b Winding insulation class: F (threshold temperature for windings 150 °C) according
to VDE 0530.
b Supply and sensor connections using angled connectors rotatable over 310 °.
b Thermal protection by built-in PTC thermistor probe, controlled by the Lexium
servodrive.
b Out-of-round, concentricity and perpendicularity between flange and shaft as per
DIN 42955, class N.
b Flange compliant with standard DIN 42948.
b Permitted mounting positions: no mounting restriction for IMB5 - IMV1 and IMV3
as per DIN 42950.
b Polyester resin based paint: opaque black RAL 9005.

Functions

b Degree of protection of the motor casing: IP 56 as per IEC 529.

b Degree of protection of the shaft end: IP 41 as per IEC 529, IP 56 as option.
b Degree of protection of the gearbox (depending on model): IP 54 as per IEC 529.
b Integrated sensor, 2 pole resolver or SinCos Hiperface high-resolution multi-
revolution absolute encoder.
b Standard sized shaft end (as per DIN 42948):
v for motors without gearbox: smooth shaft end (1),
v for motors with gearbox: shaft end with key.
5
Holding brake (depending on model)

The integral brake fitted on the SER motor (depending on the model) is a failsafe
electro-magnetic holding brake.

d Use of the holding brake as a dynamic brake for deceleration purposes will
rapidly cause damage to it.

Built-in encoder

The motor has a position sensor which, depending on the model, can be:
b A 2-pole resolver providing a precision of the angular position of the shaft to less
than ± 6 arc minutes.
b A SinCos Hiperface high-resolution absolute encoder, multi-revolution (4096
revolutions) making the angular position of the shaft precise to less than ± 45 arc
seconds.

These sensors make it possible to:

b Give the angular position of the rotor in such a way that flows can be synchronized.
b Measure the motor speed via the associated Lexium servodrive. This information
is used by the speed regulator of the Lexium servodrive.
b May measure position information for the position controller of the Lexium
servodrive.
b Measure and transmit, if required, position information in incremental or absolute
format, for the position return of a motion control module ("simulated encoder" output
of the Lexium servodrive).

(1) For shaft end with key, consult our Regional Sales Offices.

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

page 78 pages 79 to 84 pages 86 and 87 page 85

77
 Description Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Description

7 SER brushless motors with a 3-phase stator and an 8 pole rotator with Neodymium
Iron Borium magnets (NdFeB) comprising:
6
4 1 Housing with a square cross-section, protected by black opaque polyester resin
5 paint RAL 9005.

2 Axial flange with 4 fixing points complying with DIN 42948.

1
3 A smooth shaft end of standard DIN 42948 (1).
2
4 A dust and damp-proof male screw connector for connecting the power cable. The
output of this connector is continuously rotatable over an arc of 310°.

3 5 A dust and damp-proof male screw connector for connecting the resolver or
encoder cable. The output of this connector is continuously rotatable over an arc
of 310°.

6 A manufacturer's data plate located on the side opposite the shaft end.

7 A ground terminal.

Connector to be ordered separately, for connecting to Lexium MHDA servodrives.

See page 87.

Schneider Electric has taken great care to find the most appropriate match between
SER motors and MHDA servodrives. This compatibility is only guaranteed when
cables sold by Schneider Electric are used (see page 87).

5 (1) For shaft end with key, consult our Regional Sales Offices.

Presentation: Functions: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

page 76 page 77 pages 79 to 84 pages 86 and 87 page 85

78
Characteristics Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Characteristics of motors SER 39A/39B/39C

Type of motor SER 39A 4L7S SER 39B 4L3S SER 39C 4L3S
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA
(model servodrive 1004p00 1008p00 1008p00 1017p00 1008p00 1017p00
without Continuous stall Tn Nm 1.1 2.2 2.4 2.9
gearbox)
Peak stall Tm Nm 2.5 4.0 4.4 8.0 4.7 9.4
Current Permanent A rms 1.3 1.3 3 3 3 3.7
Maximum A rms 3 6 6 12 6 12

Demagnetization current A 6 12 18
Maximum speed rpm 6000
Constants Torque Nm/A rms 0.85 0.73 0.78
(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.48 0.46 0.48
rad
Rotor Number of poles 8
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 0.085 0.16 0.24
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 0.105 0.18 0.26

Stator Resistance (phase/phase) Ω 13 5.4 3.3

(at 25 °C) Inductance (phase/phase) mH 47.9 20.3 14.1
Electrical time constant ms 3.68 3.76 4.27

Holding brake (depending on model) See page 88

Couple en Nm
gearbox (depending on model) See page 89 Vitesse en tr/min

Speed/torque graphs (1)

SER 39A 4L7S motors SER 39B 4L3S motors SER 39C 4L3S motors

b with MHDA 1004p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1008p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1008p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs

5
10
4 8 80
8
30 60
3 6 60
4, 5, 6 6
Cm 4
20 Cm 4, 5, 6 4, 5, 6
2 4 4 30 Cm 4, 5 40
4
6 5 6 5 6
Cn 1, 2, 3 Cn 1, 2, 3 Cn 1, 2, 3
1 10 2 20
2 20
1, 2 1, 2
1, 2
3 3 3
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

b with MHDA 1008p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs

10
4 8 Cm 4, 5, 6 80
Cm 4, 5, 6
Cm 4, 5, 6
30 8
60
3 6 60
6 5 4
6
6 5 4 20 6 5 4
2 30
4 40
4
Cn 1, 2, 3 Cn 1, 2, 3 Cn 1, 2, 3
1 10 20
2 20
1, 2 1, 2 2
1, 2
3 3 3
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

1 Continuous torque at 480 V, 3-phase

2 Continuous torque at 400 V, 3-phase
3 Continuous torque at 230 V, 3-phase
4 Peak torque at 480 V, 3-phase
5 Peak torque at 400 V, 3-phase
6 Peak torque at 230 V, 3-phase
(1) The graphs above are given for an increase in motor temperature of 85 °C.

Presentation: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 76 page 77 page 78 pages 86 and 87 page 85

79
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Characteristics of SER 3BA motors

Type of motor SER 3BA 4L3S SER 3BA 4L5S
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1028p00 MHDA 1008p00 MHDA 1017p00
(model servodrive
without Continuous stall Tn Nm 4.6 4.2 4.5
gearbox)
Peak stall Tm Nm 9.2 15.3 7.6 15.0

Current Permanent A rms 6 3 3.2

Maximum A rms 12 20 6 12

Demagnetization current A 30 16.5

Maximum speed rpm 6000 5500
Constants Torque Nm/A rms 0.76 1.41
(at 25°C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.42 0.74
rad
Rotor Number of poles 8
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 0.4
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 0.43

Stator Resistance (phase/phase) Ω 1.5 4

(at 25 °C) Inductance (phase/phase) mH 12.6 34.1
Electrical time constant ms 8.40 8.53

Holding brake (depending on model) See page 88

Gearbox (depending on model) See page 89

Speed/torque graphs (1)

SER 3BA 4L3S motors SER 3BA 4L5S motors

5 b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
b with MHDA 1008p00 servodrives
Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
20 15
125
150
15 100
10
100 Cm 75
10 4, 5, 6
Cm 4
4, 5, 6 6 5 4 50
5
6 5 50 Cn 1, 2, 3
5
Cn 1, 2, 3 25
1, 2
3 0 3 2 1
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm
b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives
Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
20 15
Cm 125
4, 5, 6
150
Cm 4, 5, 6
15 100
10
100 75
4 6 5 4
10
6 5
50
5
5 50 Cn
1, 2, 3
Cn 1, 2, 3 25
1, 2
3 0 3 2 1
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

1 Continuous torque at 480 V, 3-phase

2 Continuous torque at 400 V, 3-phase
3 Continuous torque at 230 V, 3-phase
4 Peak torque at 480 V 3-phase
5 Peak torque at 400 V 3-phase
6 Peak torque at 230 V 3-phase
(1) The graphs above are given for an increase in motor temperature of 85 °C.

Presentation: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 76 page 77 page 78 pages 86 and 87 page 85

80
Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Characteristics of SER 3BB motors

Type of motor SER 3BB 4L3S SER 3BB 4L5S
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1028p00 MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1028p00
(model without servodrive
gearbox) Continuous stall Tn Nm 6.0 6.6 6.6
Peak stall Tm Nm 12.0 20.0 15.8 25.0

Current Permanent A rms 6 6.6 5 5

Maximum A rms 12 20 12 20

Demagnetization current A 32 24
Maximum speed rpm 6000 5800
Constants Torque Nm/A rms 1.00 1.32
(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.56 0.78
rad
Rotor Number of poles 8
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 0.8
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 0.83

Stator Resistance (phase/phase) Ω 1.2 2.3

(at 25 °C) Inductance (phase/phase) mH 11.3 21.2
Electrical time constant ms 9.42 9.22

Holding brake (depending on model) See page 88

Gearbox (depending on model) See page 89

Speed/torque graphs (1)

SER 3BB 4L3S motors SER 3BB 4L5S motors

b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives
Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
5
20 25
200
150
20
15
Cm 150
4, 5, 6 15
Cm
4 100 4, 5, 6
10
6 5 100
10
1, 2, 3 6 5 4
Cn 1, 2, 3
50 Cn
5 50
5
1, 2
3 0 3 2 1
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
20 25
Cm 4, 5, 6 Cm 4, 5, 6
200
150
20
15
150
6 5 4
15
100
4
10
6 5 100
10
Cn 1, 2, 3
5
50 Cn 1, 2, 3
5 50
1, 2
3 3 2 1
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

1 Continuous torque at 480 V, 3-phase

2 Continuous torque at 400 V, 3-phase
3 Continuous torque at 230 V, 3-phase
4 Peak torque at 480 V 3-phase
5 Peak torque at 400 V 3-phase
6 Peak torque at 230 V 3-phase
(1) The graphs above are given for an increase in motor temperature of 85 °C.

Presentation: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 76 page 77 page 78 pages 86 and 87 page 85

81
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Characteristics of SER 3BC motors

Type of motor SER 3BC 4L5S SER 3BC 4L7S
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1028p00 MHDA 1008p00 MHDA 1017p00
(model without servodrive
gearbox) Continuous stall Tn Nm 8.6 10.0 8.3 10.0
Peak stall Tm Nm 17.0 28.0 16.0 32.0
Current Permanent A rms 6 7 3 3.6
Maximum A rms 12 20 6 12

Demagnetization current A 32 16.5

Maximum speed rpm 4800 2500
Constants Torque Nm/A rms 1.43 2.78
(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.87 1.69
rad
Rotor Number of poles 8
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 1.14
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 1.17

Stator Resistance (phase/phase) Ω 1.7 5.7

(at 25 °C) Inductance (phase/phase) mH 17.2 62.5
Electrical time constant ms 10.12 10.96

Holding brake (depending on model) See page 88

Gearbox (depending on model) See page 89

Speed/torque graphs (1)

SER 3BC 4L5S motors SER 3BC 4L7S motors

b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1008p00 servodrives

5 Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
30 40
250
300
200 30
20
4, 5, 6
Cm 150 200
20
4, 5, 6
6 5 4 Cm
100
10 6 5 4
Cn 1, 2, 3 10 100
50 Cn 1, 2, 3

0 3 2 1 0 3 2 1
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm
b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives
Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
40
30
Cm 250
4, 5, 6 300
Cm 4, 5, 6
200 30
20
150 200
20 6 5 4

6 5 4
100
10 100
Cn 1, 2, 3 10
Cn 1, 2, 3
50

3 2 1 0 3 2 1
0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

1 Continuous torque at 480 V, 3-phase

2 Continuous torque at 400 V, 3-phase
3 Continuous torque at 230 V, 3-phase
4 Peak torque at 480 V 3-phase
5 Peak torque at 400 V 3-phase
6 Peak torque at 230 V 3-phase
(1) The graphs above are given for an increase in motor temperature of 85 °C.

Presentation: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 76 page 77 page 78 pages 86 and 87 page 85

82
Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Characteristics of SER 3BD motors

Type of motor SER 3BD 4L5D SER 3BD 4L7S
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1028p00 MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1028p00
(model without servodrive
gearbox) Continuous stall Tn Nm 13.4
Peak stall Tm Nm 29.0 24.0 38

Current Permanent A rms 9.2 5.1

Maximum A rms 20 12 20

Demagnetization current A 45 25
Maximum speed rpm 5000 2750
Constants Torque Nm/A rms 1.46 2.63
(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.84 1.53
rad
Rotor Number of poles 8
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 1.55
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 1.58

Stator Resistance (phase/phase) Ω 1.3 3.75

(at 25 °C) Inductance (phase/phase) mH 14.5 41.5
Electrical time constant ms 11.15 11.07

Holding brake (depending on model) See page 88

Gearbox (depending on model) See page 89

Speed/torque graphs (1)

SER 3BD 4L5D motors SER 3BD 4L7S motors

b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives
Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
5
30 40
Cm 250
4, 5, 6
300
200 30
20 4, 5, 6
6 5 4 150 Cm 200
20
Cn 1, 2, 3
100 1, 2, 3
10 Cn 6 5 4
100
10
50

3 2 1 3 2 1
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in IN-lbs
40
Cm
4, 5, 6
300
30

200
20
1, 2, 3 6 5 4
Cn
100
10

0 3 2 1
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Speed in rpm

1 Continuous torque at 480 V, 3-phase

2 Continuous torque at 400 V, 3-phase
3 Continuous torque at 230 V, 3-phase
4 Peak torque at 480 V 3-phase
5 Peak torque at 400 V 3-phase
6 Peak torque at 230 V 3-phase
(1) The graphs above are given for an increase in motor temperature of 85 °C.

Presentation: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 76 page 77 page 78 pages 86 and 87 page 85

83
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Radial and axial forces permissible on the motor shaft

x
Even when motors are used under optimum conditions, their lifetime is limited by that
of the bearings.
Fr
Conditions:
b Nominal lifetime of bearings (1) L10h = 20,000 hours
b Speed N = 4,000 rpm
b Ambient temperature (temperature of 40 °C
bearings ~ 100 °C)
b Peak torque cyclic ratio of 10%
b Continuous torque permanent
b Force application point X = 15 mm with motors SER 39A
X = 20 mm with motors SER 3Bp

(1) Hours of use with a failure probability of 10 %

d The following conditions must be respected:

b Radial and axial forces must not be applied simultaneously.
b The maximum pressure permissible on the shaft end is 1,800 N.
Fa
b Shaft end with IP 41 degree of protection, optional IP 56.
b Bearings cannot be changed by the user as the built-in position sensor must be
realigned after disassembly of the apparatus.

5 Motors
Maximum radial force Fr Cyclic ratio 10 % N
SER 39A
600
SER 39B
520
SER 39C
500
SER 3BA
1480
SER 3BB
1550
SER 3BC
1530
SER 3BD
760
Permanent N 340 400 430 690 800 860 760
Maximum axial force Fa Cyclic ratio 10 % N 1240 1770
Permanent N 450 1770

Characteristics of motor-servodrive power connection cables

LXA CP AAA ppp 1 LXA CP AAB ppp 1
External cover PUR orange colored RAL 2003
Insulation TPM or PP/PE
Capacity pF/m < 70 (conductors/shielding)
Number of conductors (shielded) [(4 x 1.5 mm2) + (2 x 1.0 mm2)] [(4 x 2.5 mm2) + (2 x 1.0 mm2)]
External diameter mm 11 13
Curvature radius mm 110 (suitable for flexible cable carrier/tray) 130 (suitable for flexible cable carrier/tray)
Working voltage V 600
Maximum service length m 75 (with Lexium MHD servodrives)
Service temperature °C - 15…+ 85 (storage: - 40...+ 85)
Certification UL, CSA

Characteristics of motor-servodrive encoder connection cables

LXA CF ACA ppp 1 LXA CF ABA ppp 1
Encoder type Resolver SinCos Hiperface encoder
External cover PUR green colored RAL 6018
Insulation Polyester
Number of conductors (shielded) 5 x (2 x 0.25 mm2)+(2 x 0.5 mm2)
External diameter mm 8.5 max
Curvature radius mm 85 (suitable for flexible cable carrier/tray)
Working voltage V 300
Maximum length m 75 (with Lexium MHD servodrives)
Service temperature °C - 15…+ 85 (storage: - 40...+ 85)
Certification UL, CSA

Presentation: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 76 page 77 page 78 pages 86 and 87 page 85

84
Dimensions Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

SER motors (models without gearbox), for gearbox dimensions, see page 91
SER motors 39A/39B/39C
CA synchronous servo-motor, standard, size 90

a
Ø 100
Ø 99
g2 6.5

(1)

SER motors 3BA/3BB/3BC

CA synchronous servo-motor, standard, size 110

g2 9

(1)

Ø130

Ø125,9

Shaft end with key

g1
h

SER a a g2 (2) g1 h Ø2
(without brake) (with brake)
39A 4L7S 141 186.5 M5 x 12.5 16 5 14
39B 4L3S 171 216.5 M5 x 12.5 16 5 14
39C 4L3S 201 246.5 M5 x 12.5 16 5 14
3BA 4L3S 132 198 M6 x 16 21.5 6 19
3BA 4L5S 132 198 M6 x 16 21.5 6 19
3BB 4L3S 180 246 M6 x 16 21.5 6 19
3BB 4L5S 180 246 M6 x 16 21.5 6 19
3BC 4L5S 228 294 M6 x 16 21.5 6 19
3BC 4L7S 228 294 M6 x 16 21.5 6 19
3BD 4L5D 276 342 M6 x 16 21.5 6 19
3BD 4L7S 276 342 M6 x 16 21.5 6 19
(1) 39 with mounted connector
(2) according to DIN 332-DS

Presentation: Functions: Description: Characteristics: References:

page 76 page 77 page 78 pages 79 to 84 pages 86 and 87

85
 References Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

SER brushless motors

The SER motors shown below are not equipped with gearboxes. They are supplied
with smooth shaft ends (1).
The SER motors equipped with PLE gearboxes are given on page 89.
Continuous Associated Peak stall Mechanical Reference Weight
stall torque servodrive torque speed (1)
MHDA kg
1.1 Nm 1004p00 2.5 Nm 6000 rpm SER 39A 4L7Spp pOO 2.200
1008p00 4.0 Nm

2.2 Nm 1008p00 4.4 Nm 6000 rpm SER 39B 4L3Spp pOO 3.300
1017p00 8.0 Nm

2.4 Nm 1008p00 4.7 Nm 6000 rpm SER 39C 4L3Spp pOO 4.400
2.9 Nm 1017p00 9.4 Nm

4.6 Nm 1017p00 9.2 Nm 6000 rpm SER 3BA 4L3Spp pOO 5.000
SER 39A 4L7SRA pOO SER 39B 4L3SRA pOO
1028p00 15.3 Nm

4.2 Nm 1008p00 8.2 Nm 5500 rpm SER 3BA 4L5Spp pOO 5.000
4.5 Nm 1017p00 15.0 Nm

6.0 Nm 1017p00 12.0 Nm 6000 rpm SER 3BB 4L3Spp pOO 8.000
6.6 Nm 1028p00 20.0 Nm

6.6 Nm 1017p00 15.8 Nm 5800 rpm SER 39BB 4L5Spp pOO 8.000
1028p00 25 Nm

8.6 Nm 1017p00 17.0 Nm 4800 rpm SER 39BC 4L5Spp pOO 11.000
10.0 Nm 1028p00 28.0 Nm
5 8.3 Nm 1008p00 16.0 Nm 2500 rpm SER 3BC 4L7Spp pOO 11.000
10.0 Nm 1017p00 32.0Nm
SER 3BA 4L3SRA pOO SER 3BD 4L5DRA pOO
13.4 Nm 1028p00 29.0 Nm 5000 rpm SER 3BD 4L5Dpp pOO 13.000

13.4 Nm 1017p00 24.0 Nm 2,750 rpm SER 3BD 4L7Spp pOO 13.000
1028p00 38.0 Nm

To order an SER motor, fill out each reference

SER 39/3B A/B/C/D 4L 3/5/7 S/D pp p O/2/3/4 O/3/5/8
Sensor integrated in motor
Resolver with 1 pair of poles RA
SinCos multiturn absolute encoder MO
Shaft tightness
IP 41 Without holding brake A
With holding brake 1
IP 56 Without holding brake B
With holding brake 2
Gearbox (see page 89)
Without gearbox O
Shaft end Smooth O
With key (2) –
With gearbox (shaft end with key)
Type (3) PLE80 2
PLE120 3
PLE160 4
Reduction Ratio 3:1 3
ratio Ratio 5:1 5
Ratio 8:1 8
(1) Without brake, for weight of motor with brake see page 88.
(2) For motor without gearbox equipped with shaft end with key, consult our regional branch.
(3) For motor equipped with PLE gearbox, see page 89.

Presentation: Functions: Description: Characteristics: Dimensions:

page 76 page 77 page 78 pages 79 to 84 page 85

86
References (continued) Lexium motion control 1

SER brushless motors

Choice of power cables, resolver and SinCos Hiperface encoder

MHDA servodrive Length = 3 m 3 m < length = 10 m 10 m y length 30 m < length
y 30 m (1) y 75 m (1)
Cables supplied with a fitted Power 1004 p00 (2)
connector (motor end) and a 1008 p00 LXA CP AAA ppp 1 (2)
second connector for fitting
1017 p00 (2)
(servodrive end)
1028 p00 LXA CP AAB ppp 1 (2)

Cables fitted with connectors Resolver LXA CF ACA ppp 1

at both ends SinCos Hiperface encoder (2) LXA CF ABA ppp 1

Connecting cables
Cables fitted with a connector at the motor end (the servodrive end connector supplied with the cable has to be fitted)
Description From To Composition Length Reference Weight
kg
Power cables Motors SER Lexium [(4 x 1.5 mm2) 3 m LXA CP AAA 003 1 –
(2) MHDA 1ppp + (2 x 1 mm2)] 5 m LXA CP AAA 005 1 –
For association with N00/A00
10 m LXA CP AAA 010 1 –
servodrives, see servodrives
table above 20 m LXA CP AAA 020 1 –
30 m (1) LXA CP AAA 030 1 –
LXA CP AAA/AAB 0pp 1
[(4 x 2.5 mm2) 3 m LXA CP AAB 003 1 –
+ (2 x 1 mm2)] 5 m LXA CP AAB 005 1 –
10 m LXA CP AAB 010 1 –
20 m LXA CP AAB 020 1 –
30 m (1) LXA CP AAB 030 1 –

Cables fitted with connectors at both ends

Description From To Length Reference Weight
kg
5
Resolver cables Lexium Lexium MHDA 1ppp N00/A00 3 m LXA CF ACA 003 1 –
(2) SER motors servodrives 5m LXA CF ACA 005 1 –
10 m LXA CF ACA 010 1 –
20 m LXA CF ACA 020 1 –
30 m LXA CF ACA 030 1 –
LXA CF ACA/ABA 0pp 1
Sincos Hiperface Lexium Lexium MHDA 1ppp N00/A00 3 m LXA CF ABA 003 1 –
encoder cables SER motors servodrives 5m LXA CF ABA 005 1 –
(2)
10 m LXA CF ABA 010 1 –
20 m LXA CF ABA 020 1 –
30 m LXA CF ABA 030 1 –

(1) For a cable length between the servodrive and motor u 25 m, it is essential to use a motor choke placed as close as
possible to the servodrive. For information, see page 66.
(2) For a cable length of > 30 m, consult our Regional Sales Offices.

Presentation: Functions: Description: Characteristics: Dimensions:

page 76 page 77 page 78 pages 79 to 84 page 85

87
 Presentation, Lexium motion control 1

characteristics SER brushless motor options

Holding brake

Presentation
Holding brake

The integral brake fitted on the SER motor (depending on the model) is a failsafe
electro-magnetic holding brake.

d Use of the holding brake as a dynamic brake for deceleration purposes will
rapidly cause damage to it.

Characteristics
Holding brake
SER 39p motor brake SER 3Bp motor brake
Holding torque MBr Nm 6 16
(1)

Inertia of rotor (brake only) JBr gm2 0.02 0.035

Electrical clamping power PBr W 24 28

Supply voltage with Lexium servodrive V c 22.8...26.2

Current A 1 1.2

Opening time ms 40 60

5 Closing time ms 20 30

Weight (brake only) kg 1.8 3.0

(1) Holding torque for a motor temperature y 80 °C.

For a temperature of > 80 °C, apply a derating coefficient of 50 %.

88
Presentation, Lexium motion control 1

characteristics SER brushless motor options

PLE gearboxes

Presentation

SER motors are also available with mounted PLE-type gearboxes. Schneider
Electric has selected and standardized the following gearbox models, available in a
choice of 3 speed reduction ratios 3:1, 5:1 and 8:1.

Type of motor Associated Gearbox Gearbox Gearbox

servodrive 3:1 5:1 8:1
SER 39A 4L7S MHDA 1004p PLE 80 PLE 80 PLE 80
MHDA 1008p PLE 80 PLE 80 PLE 80
SER 39B 4L3S MHDA 1008p PLE 80 PLE 80 PLE 80
MHDA 1017p PLE 80 PLE 80 PLE 120
SER 39C 4L3S MHDA 1008p PLE 80 PLE 80 PLE 80
MHDA 1017p PLE 80 PLE 80 PLE 120
SER 3BA 4L3S MHDA 1017p PLE 80 PLE 80 PLE 120
MHDA 1028p PLE 80 PLE 120 PLE 120
SER 3BA 4L5S MHDA 1008p PLE 80 PLE 80 PLE 120
MHDA 1017p PLE 80 PLE 120 PLE 160
SER 3BB 4L3S MHDA 1017p PLE 80 PLE 80 PLE 120
MHDA 1028p PLE 120 PLE 120 PLE 160
SER 3BB 4L5S MHDA 1017p PLE 120 PLE 120 PLE 120
MHDA 1028p PLE 120 PLE 120 PLE 160
SER 3BC 4L5S MHDA 1017p PLE 120 PLE 120 PLE 120
MHDA 1028p PLE 120 PLE 160 PLE 160
SER 3BC 4L7S MHDA 1008p PLE 120 PLE 120 PLE 120
MHDA 1017p PLE 120 PLE 160 PLE 160
SER 3BD 4L5D MHDA 1028p PLE 120 PLE 160 PLE 160
SER 3BD 4L7S MHDA 1017p
MHDA 1028p
PLE 120
PLE 160
PLE 120
PLE 160
PLE 160
PLE 160
5

Characteristics
General characteristics
Type PLE 80 PLE 120 PLE 160
Gearbox type Planetary gearbox with single reduction level straight teeth
Inversion play min arc < 12 <8 <6
Torsional rigidity Nm/ 4.5 11 32.5
min arc
Noise level dB (A) 60 65 70
Junction box Black anodized aluminum
Shaft material C 45
Tightness of shaft output IP 43
Lubrication No lubrication required
Average lifetime (1) Hour 10 000 : S1 mode (permanent service) and 100% continuous torque
20 000 : S1 mode (permanent service) and 85% continuous torque
Mounting position All positions
Operating temperature °C - 25...+ 90 (+ 120 when operating impulsively)
Weight (gearbox only) kg 2.100 6.000 18.000

Combining an SER motor with a PLE gearbox

Gearbox type PLE 80 PLE 120 PLE 160
Maximum permitted radial force (2) (3) N 950 2000 6000
Maximum permitted axial force (2) N 1200 2800 8000
Efficiency 0.96
Inertia of gearbox 3:1 gm2 0.077 0.263 1.214
5:1 gm2 0.045 0.153 0.607
8:1 gm2 0.039 0.132 0.463
Continuous output torque 3:1 Nm 40 80 400
T2N (3) 5:1 Nm 50 110 450
8:1 Nm 50 120 450
(1) Data in operating hours for a 10% fault probability rating.
(2) Values given for a minimum lifetime of 10,000 hours at an output speed of 100 rpm for a cyclic ratio = 1 (S1 mode) on electrical machines.
(3) Force applied at mid-distance from the output shaft.

89
 Associations and Lexium motion control 1

references SER brushless motor options

PLE gearboxes

References of SER brushless motors and associated PLE gearboxes

The following table of references provides the different torque and speed values of
shaft ends for the various possible motor configurations.

d The continuous output torque of the gearbox T2N must not be exceeded
permanently. It is possible, for example in an emergency stop, to have a double
torque over a short period. The motor's torque should be limited thereafter to avoid
destroying the gearbox through excessive torque.

Associated Gearbox type Continuous Peak stall Maximum output Reference Weight
Lexium stall torque torque speed of gearbox (1)
servodrive kg
SER 39A 4L7S motors
MHDA 1004p Without 1.1 Nm 2.5 Nm 6000 rpm SER 39A 4L7Spp pOO 2.200
PLE80, ratio 3:1 3.2 Nm 7.2 Nm 2000 rpm SER 39A 4L7Spp p23 4.300
PLE80, ratio 5:1 5.3 Nm 12.0 Nm 1200 rpm SER 39A 4L7Spp p25 4.300
PLE80, ratio 8:1 8.4 Nm 19.2 Nm 750 rpm SER 39A 4L7Spp p28 4.300
MHDA 1008p Without 1.1 Nm 4.0 Nm 6000 rpm SER 39A 4L7Spp pOO 2.200
PLE80, ratio 3:1 3.2 Nm 11.5 Nm 2000 rpm SER 39A 4L7Spp p23 4.300
PLE80, ratio 5:1 5.3 Nm 19.2 Nm 1200 rpm SER 39A 4L7Spp p25 4.300
PLE80, ratio 8:1 8.4 Nm 30.7 Nm 750 rpm SER 39A 4L7Spp p28 4.300
SER 39B 4L3S motors
MHDA 1008p Without 2.2 Nm 4.4 Nm 6000 rpm SER 39B 4L3Spp pOO 3.300
PLE80, ratio 3:1 6.3 Nm 12.6 Nm 2000 rpm SER 39B 4L3Spp p23 5.400
PLE80, ratio 5:1 10.6 Nm 21.1 Nm 1200 rpm SER 39B 4L3Spp p25 5.400
PLE80, ratio 8:1 16.9 Nm 33.7 Nm 750 rpm SER 39B 4L3Spp p28 5.400
MHDA 1017p Without 2.2 Nm 8.0 Nm 6000 rpm SER 39B 4L3Spp pOO 3.300
PLE80, ratio 3:1 6.3 Nm 23.0 Nm 2000 rpm SER 39B 4L3Spp p23 5.400
PLE80, ratio 5:1 10.6 Nm 38.4 Nm 1200 rpm SER 39B 4L3Spp p25 5.400
5 PLE120, ratio 8:1 16.9 Nm 61.4 Nm 750 rpm SER 39B 4L3Spp p28 9.300
SER 39C 4L3S motors
MHDA 1008p Without 2.4 Nm 4.7 Nm 6000 rpm SER 39C 4L3Spp pOO 4.400
PLE80, ratio 3:1 6.9 Nm 13.5 Nm 2000 rpm SER 39C 4L3Spp p23 6.500
PLE80, ratio 5:1 11.5 Nm 22.5 Nm 1200 rpm SER 39C 4L3Spp p25 6.500
PLE80, ratio 8:1 18.4 Nm 36.0 Nm 750 rpm SER 39C 4L3Spp p28 6.500
MHDA 1017p Without 2.9 Nm 9.4 Nm 6000 rpm SER 39C 4L3Spp pOO 4.400
PLE80, ratio 3:1 8.4 Nm 27.0 Nm 2000 rpm SER 39C 4L3Spp p23 6.500
PLE80, ratio 5:1 13.9 Nm 45.1 Nm 1200 rpm SER 39C 4L3Spp p25 6.500
PLE120, ratio 8:1 22.3 Nm 72.1 Nm 750 rpm SER 39C 4L3Spp p38 10.400
SER 3BA 4L3S motors
MHDA 1017p Without 4.6 Nm 9.2 Nm 6000 rpm SER 3BA 4L3Spp pOO 5.000
PLE80, ratio 3:1 13.2 Nm 26.4 Nm 2000 rpm SER 3BA 4L3Spp p23 7.100
PLE80, ratio 5:1 22.1 Nm 44.1 Nm 1200 rpm SER 3BA 4L3Spp p25 7.100
PLE120, ratio 8:1 35.3 Nm 70.6 Nm 750 rpm SER 3BA 4L3Spp p38 11.000
MHDA 1028N Without 4.6 Nm 15.3 Nm 6000 rpm SER 3BA 4L3Spp pOO 5.000
PLE80, ratio 3:1 13.2 Nm 44.0 Nm 2000 rpm SER 3BA 4L3Spp p23 7.100
PLE120, ratio 5:1 22.1 Nm 73.2 Nm 1200 rpm SER 3BA 4L3Spp p35 11.000
PLE120, ratio 8:1 35.3 Nm 117.5 Nm 750 rpm SER 3BA 4L3Spp p38 11.000
SER 3BA 4L5S motors
MHDA 1008p Without 4.2 Nm 8.2 Nm 5500 rpm SER 3BA 4L5Spp pOO 5.000
PLE80, ratio 3:1 12.0 Nm 23.6 Nm 1830 rpm SER 3BA 4L5Spp p23 7.100
PLE80, ratio 5:1 20.0 Nm 39.3 Nm 1100 rpm SER 3BA 4L5Spp p25 7.100
PLE120, ratio 8:1 31.9 Nm 62.9 Nm 680 rpm SER 3BA 4L5Spp p38 11.000
MHDA 1017p Without 4.5 Nm 15.0 Nm 5500 rpm SER 3BA 4L5Spp pOO 5.000
PLE80, ratio 3:1 12.9 Nm 43.2 Nm 1830 rpm SER 3BA 4L5Spp p23 7.100
PLE120, ratio 5:1 21.5 Nm 72.0 Nm 1100 rpm SER 3BA 4L5Spp p35 7.100
PLE160, ratio 8:1 34.2 Nm 115.2 Nm 680 rpm SER 3BA 4L5Spp p48 11.000
SER 3BB 4L3S motors
MHDA 1017p Without 6.0 Nm 12.0 Nm 6000 rpm SER 3BB 4L3Spp pOO 8.000
PLE80, ratio 3:1 17.3 Nm 34.5 Nm 2000 rpm SER 3BB 4L3Spp p23 10.100
PLE80, ratio 5:1 28.7 Nm 57.6 Nm 1200 rpm SER 3BB 4L3Spp p25 10.100
PLE120, ratio 8:1 46.0 Nm 92.1 Nm 750 rpm SER 3BB 4L3Spp p38 14.000
MHDA 1028p Without 6.6 Nm 20.0 Nm 6000 rpm SER 3BB 4L3Spp pOO 8.000
PLE120, ratio 3:1 19.0 Nm 57.6 Nm 2000 rpm SER 3BB 4L3Spp p33 14.000
PLE120, ratio 5:1 31.6 Nm 96.0 Nm 1200 rpm SER 3BB 4L3Spp p35 14.000
PLE160, ratio 8:1 50.6 Nm 153.6 Nm 750 rpm SER 3BB 4L3Spp p48 26.000
(1) For weight of motor with or without brake, see page 88.

90
Associations and Lexium motion control 1

references (continued) SER brushless motor options

PLE gearboxes

References of SER brushless motors and associated PLE gearboxes (continued)

Associated Gearbox type Continuous Peak stall Maximum output Reference Weight
Lexium stall torque torque speed of gearbox (1)
servodrive kg
SER 3BB 4L5S motors
MHDA 1017p Without 6.6 Nm 15.8 Nm 5800 rpm SER 3BB 4L5Spp pOO 8.000
PLE120, ratio 3:1 19.0 Nm 45.5 Nm 1930 rpm SER 3BB 4L5Spp p33 14.000
PLE120, ratio 5:1 31.6 Nm 75.8 Nm 1160 rpm SER 3BB 4L5Spp p35 14.000
PLE120, ratio 8:1 50.6 Nm 121.3 Nm 725 rpm SER 3BB 4L5Spp p38 14.000
MHDA 1028p Without 6.6 Nm 26.4 Nm 5800 rpm SER 3BB 4L5Spp pOO 8.000
PLE120, ratio 3:1 19.0 Nm 76.0 Nm 1930 rpm SER 3BB 4L5Spp p33 14.000
PLE120, ratio 5:1 31.6 Nm 126.7 Nm 1160 rpm SER 3BB 4L5Spp p35 14.000
PLE160, ratio 8:1 50.6 Nm 202.7 Nm 725 rpm SER 3BB 4L5Spp p38 26.000
SER 3BC 4L5S motors
MHDA 1017p Without 8.6 Nm 17.0 Nm 4800 rpm SER 3BC 4L5Spp pOO 11.000
PLE120, ratio 3:1 24.7 Nm 48.9 Nm 1600 rpm SER 3BC 4L5Spp p33 17.000
PLE120, ratio 5:1 41.3 Nm 81.6 Nm 960 rpm SER 3BC 4L5Spp p35 17.000
PLE120, ratio 8:1 66.0 Nm 130.5 Nm 600 rpm SER 3BC 4L5Spp p38 17.000
MHDA 1028p Without 10.0 Nm 28.0 Nm 4800 rpm SER 3BC 4L5Spp pOO 11.000
PLE120, ratio 3:1 28.8 Nm 80.6 Nm 21600 rpm SER 3BC 4L5Spp p33 17.000
PLE160, ratio 5:1 48.0 Nm 134.4 Nm 960 rpm SER 3BC 4L5Spp p45 29.000
PLE160, ratio 8:1 76.8 Nm 215.0 Nm 600 rpm SER 3BC 4L5Spp p48 29.000
SER 3BC 4L7S motors
MHDA 1008p Without 8.3 Nm 16.0 Nm 2500 rpm SER 3BC 4L7Spp pOO 11.000
PLE120, ratio 3:1 23.9 Nm 46.0 Nm 830 rpm SER 3BC 4L7Spp p33 17.000
PLE120, ratio 5:1 39.8 Nm 76.8 Nm 500 rpm SER 3BC 4L7Spp p35 17.000
PLE120, ratio 8:1 63.7 Nm 122.8 Nm 310 rpm SER 3BC 4L7Spp p38 17.000
MHDA 1017p Without 10.0 Nm 32.0 Nm 2500 rpm SER 3BC 4L7Spp pOO 11.000
PLE120, ratio 3:1 28.8 Nm 92.1 Nm 830 rpm SER 3BC 4L7Spp p33 17.000
PLE160, ratio 5:1 48.0 Nm 153.6 Nm 500 rpm SER 3BC 4L7Spp p45 29.000
PLE160, ratio 8:1 76.8 Nm 245.7 Nm 310 rpm SER 3BC 4L7Spp p48 29.000 5
SER 3BD 4L5D motors
MHDA 1028p Without 13.4 Nm 29.0 Nm 5000 rpm SER 3BD 4L5Dpp pOO 13.000
PLE120, ratio 3:1 38.5 Nm 83.5 Nm 1660 rpm SER 3BD 4L5Dpp p33 19.000
PLE160, ratio 5:1 64.3 Nm 139.2 Nm 1000 rpm SER 3BD 4L5Dpp p45 31.000
PLE160, ratio 8:1 102.9 Nm 222.7 Nm 625 rpm SER 3BD 4L5Dpp p48 31.000
SER 3BD 4L7S motors
MHDA 1017p Without 13.4 Nm 24.0 Nm 2,750 rpm SER 3BD 4L7Spp pOO 13.000
PLE120, ratio 3:1 38.5 Nm 69.1 Nm 920 rpm SER 3BD 4L7Spp p33 19.000
PLE120, ratio 5:1 64.3 Nm 115.2 Nm 550 rpm SER 3BD 4L7Spp p35 19.000
PLE160, ratio 8:1 102.9 Nm 184.3 Nm 340 rpm SER 3BD 4L7Spp p48 31.000
MHDA 1028p Without 13.4 Nm 38.0 Nm 2,750 rpm SER 3BD 4L7Spp pOO 13.000
PLE160, ratio 3:1 38.5 Nm 109.4 Nm 920 rpm SER 3BD 4L7Spp p43 31.000
PLE160, ratio 5:1 64.3 Nm 182.4 Nm 550 rpm SER 3BD 4L7Spp p45 31.000
PLE160, ratio 8:1 102.9 Nm 291.8 Nm 340 rpm SER 3BD 4L7Spp p48 31.000
(1) Complete the reference by replacing:
pp with RA: Resolver with 1 pair of poles, with MO: SinCos absolute encoder.
p with A, B, 1 2: For tightness of shaft end and holding brake, see page 86.

Dimensions
PLE planetary gearboxes
PLE80 PLE120 PLE160 a
a 134 176.5 255.5 b c f
b 33.5 47.5 64.5 h d
Ø4
c 60.5 74 104 f1
d 36 50 80
f 40 55 87
f1 4 5 8
Ø3
Ø2
Ø1
g1

g1 22.5 28 43
h 6 8 12
Ø1 80 115 160
Ø2 (1) 60 80 130
G
Ø3 (1) 20 25 40
G 70 100 145
Ø4 M6 x 10 M10 x 16 M12 x 20
(1) Tolerance H7

91
 Presentation Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Presentation

Lexium BPH AC brushless motors with samarium cobalt magnets provide greatly
increased power and an excellent dynamic speed response in a compact unit.
Thermal protection is provided by an integral probe in the motor. These motors
support high temperature overloads without risk of demagnetization. Lexium BPH
motors (except for motor BPH 055) are certified as Recognized (RL) and Listed (UL)
by the Underwriters Laboratories. They comply with standards UL1004 and CSA 100
(except for motor BPH 055) as well as to European directives (marking e).

Lexium MHDA servodrives, which are associated with Lexium BPH motors, deliver
a sinusoidal wave allowing perfect rotation, even at low speed.

Speed/torque characteristics
Torque in Nm
15
Lexium BPH motors show torque/speed profiles similar to the example displayed:
4, 5, 6
Tm
1 Continuous torque at 480 V, 3 phase.
10
2 Continuous torque at 400 V, 3 phase.
6 5 4 3 Continuous torque at 230 V, 3 phase.
Tn 4 Peak torque at 480 V, 3 phase.
5
1, 2, 3 5 Peak torque at 400 V, 3 phase.
3
2 1
6 Peak torque at 230 V, 3 phase.
where:
0 6000 (in rpm) corresponds to the motor's maximum mechanical speed.
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 Tn (in Nm) represents the continuous stall torque value.
Speed in rpm Tm (in Nm) represents the peak stall torque value.

Principle for determining the size of the motor according to the application

Torque in Nm Torque/speed curves enable the optimum size of a motor to be determined. For
15 5 example, for a supply voltage of 400 V, 3-phase, the useful graphs are graphs 2 and 5.
Tm The time diagram of speeds and torques according to the motor cycle must also be
defined (see page 110):
10
Tn 2 5 1 Locate the work zone of the application in speed.
6 Teq
5 2 Verify, using the motor cycle time diagram, (see page 110), that the torques
2 required by the application during the different cycle phases are located within the
area bounded by graph 5 in the work zone.
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Savg 3 Calculate the average speed Savg and the equivalent thermal torque Teq (see
Work zone Speed in rpm
page 110).

4 The point defined by Savg and Teq must be within the area bounded by graph 2 in
the work zone.

Functions: Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

page 93 page 94 pages 95 to 104 pages 106 to 109 page 105

92
Functions Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Functions
General functions

Lexium BPH AC brushless motors have been developed to respond to the following
specifications:
b Functional characteristics, robustness, safety, etc. complying with IEC 34-1.
b Ambient operating temperature: 0 to 40 °C.
b Winding insulation class: H (limit temperature of windings: 180 °C) as per
VDE 0530, class F, for motor BPH 055.
b Power and sensor connection via connector rotatable in increments of 90 °C.
b Thermal protection by built-in PTC thermistor probe, controlled by the Lexium
servodrive.
b Out-of-round, concentricity, perpendicularity between flange and shaft as per
DIN 42955 R, class N, for motor BPH 055.
b Class S balancing, complying with ISO 2373.
b European flange with smooth holes (complying with IEC 72-2).
b Permitted mounting positions: no mounting restriction for IMB5 - IMV1 and IMV3
as per DIN 42950.
Polyester resin based paint: opaque black RAL 9005.

Functions (depending on model)

b Degree of protection: IP 65 or IP 67 (IP 65 for the motor BPH 055) in accordance

with IEC 529.
b Degree of protection at shaft end: IP 65 or IP 67 (IP 54 or IP 65 with end joint for
motor BPH 055) in accordance with IEC 529.
b Integral sensor, 2-pole resolver or SinCos Hiperface interface 20-bit high-
resolution absolute encoder.
b Standard size shaft end, smooth or with key (complying with IEC 72-1).

Holding brake (according to model)

The integral brake fitted on the Lexium BPH motor (depending on the model) is a
failsafe electro-magnetic brake.
It is a holding brake (and not a dynamic brake which enables slow-down). However,
it is capable of applying 1800 to 2000 brake operations in the event of emergencies 6
or loss of power with an inertia equivalent to twice that of the rotor.
d Do not use the holding brake as a dynamic brake.

Integral sensor

The motor has a position sensor which, depending on the model, can be:
b A 2-pole resolver ensuring precision of the angular position of the shaft to less than
+ 15 arc minutes.
b A high-resolution absolute encoder (20 bits per revolution), single turn or multiturn
(4096 revolutions) making the angular position of the shaft precise to less than
± 40 arc seconds.

These sensors are compatible with the following functions:

b Give the angular position of the rotor in such a way that flows can be synchronized.
b Measure the motor speed via the associated Lexium servodrive. This information
is used by the speed regulator of the Lexium servodrive.
b May measure position information for the position controller of the Lexium
servodrive.
b Measure and transmit, if required, position information in incremental or absolute
format, for the position return of a motion control module (“simulated encoder” output
of the Lexium servodrive).

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

page 94 pages 95 to 104 pages 106 to 109 page 105

93
 Description Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Description

7 4 5 6 Lexium BPH brushless motors with a 3-phase stator and a 6-pole rotator (4-poles for
the BPH 055 motor) with samarium cobalt magnets comprising:

1 Housing with a square cross-section, protected by black opaque polyester resin

paint RAL 9005.

2 An axial flange with 4 mounting points complying with IEC 72-2.

3 IEC 72-2 standard shaft end, smooth or with key depending on the model.

4 A dust and damp-proof male screw connector for connecting the power cable. The
output of this connector can be rotated in increments of 90° (1).

5 A dust and damp-proof male screw connector for connecting the resolver or
encoder cable. The output of this connector can be rotated in increments of 90° (1).

6 A manufacturer's rating plate.

1 3 2
7 Two lifting rings which can be screwed to any 4 points on both sides of the motor
(for model BPH 190).

Connector to be ordered separately, for connecting to Lexium MHDA servodrives.

See pages 107 to 109.

Schneider Electric has taken great care to find the most appropriate match between
Lexium motors and servodrives. This compatibility is only guaranteed when cables
sold by Schneider Electric are used (see pages 107 and 108).
(1) By default, this connector is turned towards the motor shaft end.

Introduction: Functions: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 pages 95 to 104 pages 106 to 109 page 105

94
Characteristics Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Characteristics of BPH 055 motors d

Type of motor BPH 0552S
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1004p00
servodrive
Continuous stall Tn Nm 0.4
Peak stall Tm Nm 1.1

Current Permanent A rms 1.07

Maximum A rms 3

Demagnetization current A 4.28

Maximum mechanical speed rpm 8000

Constants Torque Nm/A rms 0.374

(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.216
rad
Rotor Number of poles 4
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 0.024
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 0.025
Static friction Nm < 0.02
Mechanical time constant ms 4.9

Stator Resistance Ω 19
(at 25 °C) Inductance mH 17
Electrical time constant ms 0.9

Thermal time constant min 20

Holding Holding torque Nm 1

brake Voltage V c 24 nominal, for limit values see page 104
(depending on
Current A 0.33
model)
Opening time ms 25
Closing time ms 20

d For this BPH 055 motor, the MHDA 1004 servodrive must not be supplied by a voltage greater than 3 x 230 V rms + 10 %. This motor is not UL/cUL listed.
Speed/torque curves (1)
Motors BPH 0552S
6
b with MHDA 1004p00 servodrives
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
1.5
1 Continuous torque at 230 V, 3-
12
phase
3, 4
Tm 10 2 Continuous torque at 230 V,
1 3
single phase
8
4 3 Peak torque at 230 V 3-phase
6 4 Peak torque at 230 V single
0.5 1, 2
phase
Tn 4
1
2 2

0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Speed in rpm

(1) This curve is given for a motor temperature increase of 100 °C.

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

95
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Characteristics of BPH 075 motors

Type of motor BPH 0751 N BPH 0752 N
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1004p00 MHDA 1008p00 MHDA 1004p00 MHDA 1008p00
servodrive
Continuous stall Tn Nm 0.9 1.3 1.3 2.3
Peak stall Tm Nm 1.9 3.4 2.5 4.8

Current Permanent A rms 1.5 2.2 1.5 2.7

Maximum A rms 3 6 3 6

Demagnetization current A 8.8 10.8

Maximum mechanical speed rpm 6000
Constants Torque Nm/A rms 0.58 0.84
(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.33 0.48
rad
Rotor Number of poles 6
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 0.08 0.12
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 0.12 0.16
Static friction Nm < 0.11 < 0.14
Mechanical time constant ms 4.6 2.5

Stator Resistance Ω 11.7 8.9

(at 25 °C) Inductance mH 19.5 20.3
Electrical time constant ms 1.5 2

Thermal time constant min 20 23

Holding Holding torque Nm 2.5

brake Voltage V c 24 nominal, for threshold values see page 104
(according to
Current A 0.5
model)
Opening time ms 7
Closing time ms 5

Speed/torque curves (1)

BPH 0751N motors BPH 0752N motors
b with MHDA 1004p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1004p00 servodrives

1 Continuous torque at
6 2
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
3
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs 480 V, 3-phase
4, 5, 6 4, 5 25 2 Continuous torque at
Tm 15 4, 5, 6 4, 5
Tm 400 V, 3-phase
1,5
3 Continuous torque at
6 2
10 6 230 V, 3-phase
1, 2, 3 15
1 1, 2 1, 2, 3 1, 2 4 Peak torque at 480 V 3-
Tn Tn
3 phase
5 1
0,5 3 5 Peak torque at 400 V 3-
5 phase
0 6 Peak torque at 230 V 3-
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 phase
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

b with MHDA 1008p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1008p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs

4 6
50
4, 5, 6 4, 5 30 4, 5, 6 4
Tm Tm
3 5
4
6 20 30
2 1, 2, 3 6
1, 2, 3 Tn
Tn 2
10 1, 2
1 1, 2 3 10
3
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

(1) The curves are given for a motor temperature increase of 100 °C.

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

96
Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Characteristics of BPH 095 motors

Type of motor BPH 0952 N BPH 0953 N
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1008p00 MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1028p00
servodrive
Continuous stall Tn Nm 3.7 4.3 6
Peak stall Tm Nm 7.2 13.4 13.4 20.3

Current Permanent A rms 3 3.5 5.2 5.2

Maximum A rms 6 12 12 20

Demagnetization current A 14 20.8

Maximum mechanical speed rpm 6000

Constants Torque Nm/A rms 1.21 1.12

(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.7 0.65
rad
Rotor Number of poles 6
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 0.3 0.41
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 0.41 0.52
Static friction Nm < 0.19 < 0.24
Mechanical time constant ms 2.3 1.7

Stator Resistance Ω 7 3.1

(at 25 °C) Inductance mH 31 17.6
Electrical time constant ms 4.1 4.9
Thermal time constant min 26 29

Holding Holding torque Nm 5

brake Voltage V c 24 nominal, for threshold values see page 104
(according to
Current A 0.7
model)
Opening time ms 15
Closing time ms 7
Speed/torque curves (1)
BPH 0952N motors BPH 0953 N motors

b with MHDA 1008p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives

8
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
70 15
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
1 Continuous torque at
480 V, 3-phase
6
4, 5, 6 4, 5, 6 125
Tm Tm 2 Continuous torque at
6 400 V, 3-phase
50 10
6 5 4 3 Continuous torque at
75
4
5 4 6 230 V, 3-phase
Tn 1, 2, 3
1, 2, 3 30 Tn 4 Peak torque at 480 V 3-
3 1 5
phase
2 1
3 2
25 5 Peak torque at 400 V 3-
2 10
phase
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 6 Peak torque at 230 V 3-
phase
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs

15 25
4, 5, 6 125
Tm 4, 5, 6
200
Tm
20
10 150
75 15
6 5 4
6 5 4
100
10
5 1, 2, 3
Tn Tn 1, 2, 3
1 25 5 50
2 1
3 3 2
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

(1) The curves are given for a motor temperature increase of 100 °C.

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

97
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Characteristics of BPH 115 motors

Type of motor BPH 1152 N BPH 1153 N
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1028p00 MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1028p00
servodrive
Continuous stall Tn Nm 7.4 7.4 6.8 10.5
Peak stall Tm Nm 13.6 19.3 13.5 19.4

Current Permanent A rms 5.5 5.5 5 9.2

Maximum A rms 12 20 12 20

Demagnetization current A 22 36.8

Maximum mechanical speed rpm 6000

Constants Torque Nm/A rms 1.32 1.1

(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.76 0.64
rad
Rotor Number of poles 6
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 0.7 0.97
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 1.07 1.34
Static friction Nm < 0.27 < 0.33
Mechanical time constant ms 2.4 1.9

Stator Resistance Ω 3.75 1.37

(at 25 °C) Inductance mH 27.7 12.8
Electrical time constant ms 6.9 8

Thermal time constant min 29 33

Holding Holding torque Nm 12

brake Voltage V c 24 nominal, for threshold values see page 104
(depending on
Current A 0.8
model)
Opening time ms 30
Closing time ms 13
Speed/torque curves (1)
BPH 1152N motors BPH1153 N motors

b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1017p00 servodrives

6 Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
1 Continuous stall torque
15 15 at 480 V, 3-phase
4, 5, 6 125 Tm 125
Tm
6 4, 5, 6
6 4 2 Continuous stall torque
at 400 V, 3-phase
10 10 5 3 Continuous stall torque
75 75 at 230 V, 3-phase
Tn 1, 2, 3 5 4 1, 2, 3
Tn 4 Peak stall torque at
5 5 480 V 3-phase
3 1
3 2 1 5 Peak stall torque at
25 2 25
400 V 3-phase
0 0 6 Peak stall torque at
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
230 V 3-phase
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm
(1) The curves are given for a
b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives motor temperature increase
of 100°C.
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
20 20
Tm Tm 4, 5, 6
4, 5, 6
150 150
5 4
15 15
6 4 6
5
100 Tn 100
10 10
1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3
Tn
5 50 5 50
1
3 2 1 3 2
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

98
Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Characteristics of BPH 142 motors

Type of motor BPH 1422 N BPH 1423 N
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1028p00 MHDA 1056p00 MHDA 1028p00 MHDA 1056p00
servodrive
Continuous stall Tn Nm 11.4 12 14.5 17
Peak stall Tm Nm 18 30 24.2 42

Current Permanent A rms 10 10.4 10 11.7

Maximum A rms 20 40 20 40

Demagnetization current A 41.6 46.8

Maximum mechanical speed rpm 4000

Constants Torque Nm/A rms 1.15 1.45

(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.66 0.84
rad
Rotor Number of poles 6
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 1.59 2.19
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 2.54 3.14
Static friction Nm < 0.41 < 0.51
Mechanical time constant ms 2.6 2

Stator Resistance Ω 1.25 1.1

(at 25 °C) Inductance mH 14.3 15
Electrical time constant ms 9.8 11.7

Thermal time constant min 30 34

Holding Holding torque Nm 20

brake Voltage V c 24 nominal, for threshold values see page 104
(depending on
Current A 1
model)
Opening time ms 55
Closing time ms 18

Speed/torque curves (1)

BPH 1422N motors BPH1423 N motors

b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1028p00 servodrives

6
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
1 Continuous torque at
20 30 480 V, 3-phase
4, 5, 6 4 250
Tm
150 4, 5, 6
4 2 Continuous torque at
5 Tm
15 400 V, 3-phase
6 20 3 Continuous torque at
1, 2, 3 6 5
Tn 100 1, 2, 3 150 230 V, 3-phase
10 Tn
1, 2 4 Peak torque at 480 V 3-
10 1, 2 phase
5 50
3 3 50 5 Peak torque at 400 V 3-
phase
0 0 6 Peak torque at 230 V 3-
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
phase
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm
(1) The curves are given for a
b with MHDA 1056p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1056p00 servodrives motor temperature increase
of 100 °C.
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs

40 50
Tm 4, 5, 6 400
300
Tm 4, 5, 6 40
30
4 6 300
4
6 150 30
20 5 5
200
20 1, 2, 3
Tn 1, 2, 3 Tn
100 1, 2
10 1, 2 100
10
3 3
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

99
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Characteristics of BPH 190 motors

Type of motor BPH 1902 N BPH 1903 K BPH 1904 K
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1056p00
servodrive
Continuous stall Tn Nm 25 36 46
Peak stall Tm Nm 37.5 57 76.2

Current Permanent A rms 19.9 19.7 20.6

Maximum A rms 40

Demagnetization current A 79.6 78.8 82.4

Maximum mechanical speed rpm 4000

Constants Torque Nm/A rms 1.24 1.79 2.18

(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 0.72 1.03 1.26
rad
Rotor Number of poles 6
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 5.14 7.1 9.04
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 8.25 10.2 12.1
Static friction Nm < 0.72 < 0.94 < 1.18
Mechanical time constant ms 2.6 1.9 1.7

Stator Resistance Ω 0.53 0.58 0.59

(at 25 °C) Inductance mH 8.5 11.4 11.6
Electrical time constant ms 16 19.6 19.6

Thermal time constant min 38 43 48

Holding Holding torque Nm 40

brake Voltage V c 24 nominal, for threshold values see page 104
(depending on
Current A 1.5
model)
Opening time ms 100
Closing time ms 30
Speed/torque curves (1)
BPH 1902 N motors BPH1903 K motors
b with MHDA 1056p00 servodrives b with MHDA 1056p00 servodrives

6 40
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
60
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
1 Continuous torque at
480 V, 3-phase
Tm 4 Tm 500
4, 5, 6 4, 5, 6 2 Continuous torque at
300
5
30 6 5 4 400 V, 3-phase
6 40
Tn 3 Continuous torque at
1, 2, 3 150 Tn 1, 2, 3 300
20 230 V, 3-phase
1, 2
3 4 Peak torque at 480 V 3-
20 phase
100 3 2 1
10
100 5 Peak torque at 400 V 3-
phase
0 0 6 Peak torque at 230 V 3-
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
phase
Speed in rpm Speed in rpm
(1)
BPH 1904 K motors
b with MHDA 1056p00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs

80 700
Tm 4, 5, 6

60
500
6 5 4
1, 2, 3
Tn
40
300
3
20
2 1
100

0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Speed in rpm

(1) The curves are given for a motor temperature increase of 100 °C.

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

100
Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Characteristics of BPH 190 motors

Type of motor BPH 1907 K BPH 190A K
Torque Associated with Lexium MHDA 1112A00 MHDA 1112A00 MHDA 1198A00
servodrive
Continuous stall Tn Nm 75 90 100 (1)
Peak stall Tm Nm 157 163 230 (1)
Current Permanent A rms 27.9 40 44
Maximum A rms 80 80 140
Demagnetization current A 111.6 176

Maximum mechanical speed rpm 4000

Constants Torque Nm/A rms 2.61 2.24

(at 25 °C) Back emf V rms s/ 1.51 1.3
rad
Rotor Number of poles 6
Inertia without brake Jm gm2 14.9 20.75
Inertia with brake Jm gm2 18 23.8
Static friction Nm <1.7 < 2.2
Mechanical time constant ms 1.2 1.05

Stator Resistance Ω 0.37 0.17

(at 25 °C) Inductance mH 9.6 5.4
Electrical time constant ms 25.9 31.7

Thermal time constant min 61 65

Holding Holding torque Nm 80

brake Voltage V c 24 nominal, for threshold values see page 104
(depending on
Current A 1.5
model)
Opening time ms 97
Closing time ms 53

Speed/torque graphs (2)

BPH 1907 K motors BPH190A K motors
b with MHDA 1112A00 servodrives b with MHDA 1112A00 servodrives
Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs
1 Continuous torque at
200

Tm 4, 5, 6 1500
Tm
200
4, 5, 6 4 1500
480 V, 3-phase 6
2 Continuous torque at
150 150
400 V, 3-phase
6 5
1000 1000 3 Continuous torque at
100 100 230 V, 3-phase
1, 2, 3 6 5 4 Tn
Tn 1, 2, 3 1, 2 4 Peak torque at 480 V 3-
500 500 phase
50 50
3 2 1 3 5 Peak torque at 400 V 3-
0
phase
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 6 Peak torque at 230 V 3-
Speed in rpm phase
Speed in rpm

b with MHDA 1198A00 servodrives

Torque in Nm Torque in In-lbs

250
Tm 4, 5
2000
200
1500
150

1, 2 1000
100
Tn 5 4
50 500

0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Speed in rpm

(1) For BPH motor with higher torque, please consult our Regional Sales Office.
(2) The curves are given for a motor temperature increase of 100 °C.

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

101
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

x Radial and axial forces permissible on the motor shaft

Radial force
Fr The permissible permanent radial force is limited by:
b The shaft end resistance.
b The desired life of the bearings.

The graphs on pages 102 and 104 characterize the permissible radial force on the
axis according to:
b The rotation speed of the motor.
b The radial force application distance x in relation to the surface to which it is
applied.

for a bearing life of 20,000 hours.

Axial force

The axial force allowed is illustrated by the graphs on pages 102 and 104 according
Fa
to:
b The rotation speed of the motor.
b The motor mounting position (horizontal or vertical).

for a bearing life of 20,000 hours.

Graphs showing the forces applied to the motor shaft (1)

BPH 0552 S motors

Radial force Fr (N) Axial force Fa (N)

450 120
400 1 9
100
350 2 10
300 80
3
250 4
60
200 6
7
6 150
100
8 40

20
50
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Application distance of radial force X in mm Rotation speed of motor in rpm

BPH 0751 N/0752 N motors

Radial force Fr (N) Axial force Fa (N) Average motor speeds

800 240 1 500 rpm
2 1,000 rpm
700 3 2,000 rpm
200 9
1
600 4 3,000 rpm
2 10
160 5 4,000 rpm
500 6 5,000 rpm
3
400 120 7 6,000 rpm
4
5 8 8,000 rpm
300 6
7 80
200 Motor mounting
40 9 Horizontal position
100 10 Vertical position
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Application distance of radial force X in mm Rotation speed of motor in rpm

(1) The graphs above are given for an increase in motor temperature of 100 °C.

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

102
Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Radial and axial forces permissible on the motor shaft (continued)

Graphs showing the forces applied to motor shaft (1)
BHP 0952 N/0953 N motors

Radial force Fr (N) Axial force Fa (N)

1400 350

1200 300
8
1
1000
250
2 9
800
3 200
600 4
5 150
6
400 7

200 100

0 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Application distance of radial force X in mm Rotation speed of motor in rpm

BPH 1152 N/1153 N motors

Radial force Fr (N) Axial force Fa (N)

1400 350
8
1200 300
1 9
1000 250
2
800 200
3
600 4
5 150
6
7
400 100

200 50

0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Application distance of radial force X in mm Rotation speed of motor in rpm 6
BPH 1422 N/1423 N motors

Radial force Fr (N) Axial force Fa (N) Average motor speeds

1800 1 500 rpm
450
2 1,000 rpm
1600 400 3 2,000 rpm
8
1400 1 350
4 3,000 rpm
9 5 4,000 rpm
1200 300 6 5,000 rpm
2
1000 250
7 6,000 rpm
3
800 200
4 Motor mounting
600 5 150 8 Horizontal position
9 Vertical position
400 100

200 50
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Application distance of radial force X in mm Rotation speed of motor in rpm

(1) The graphs above are given for an increase in motor temperature of 100 °C.

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

103
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Radial and axial forces permissible on the motor shaft (continued)

Graphs showing the forces applied to motor shaft (1)
BPH 1902 N/1903 K/1904 K/1907 K/190A K motors

Radial force Fr (N) Axial force Fa (N) Average motor speeds

3500 800
1 500 rpm
700 2 1,000 rpm
3000 8
3 2,000 rpm
600 4 3,000 rpm
2500
1 9 5 4,000 rpm
500
6 5,000 rpm
2000
2
400
7 6,000 rpm
1500 3
4 300 Motor mounting
5 8 Horizontal position
1000 200 9 Vertical position
500 100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Application distance of radial force X in mm Rotation speed of motor in rpm

(1) The graphs above are given for an increase in motor temperature of 100 °C.
Characteristics of motor-servodrive power connection cables
BPH 055 BPH 075/095/115 BPH 142/1902/3/4 BPH 1907/A
External cover Polyurethane, color Polyester polyurethane PUR 11Y, VDE compliant, color RAL 5010
RAL5010
Insulation Polypropylene, Polyolefin, TPE-E for signals
polyester for brake
Traction resistance N/mm2 20 dynamic, 50 static
Capacity pF/m < 150 (conductors/shielding)
Number of conductors (shielded) (4 x 1.5 mm2 + 2 x 1 mm2) (4 x 4 mm2 + (4 x 10 mm2+
2 x 1 mm2) 2 x 1 mm2)
External diameter mm 11 12.5 15.5 22.1
Curvature radius (bend) mm 132 150 186 266
Working voltage V 450 600
Maximum length of operation m 75
Operating temperature °C 0…80
Characteristics of motor-servodrive encoder connection cables
6 Resolver SinCos Hiperface Encoder
External cover Polyester polyurethane PUR 11Y, VDE compliant
Insulation Polyolefin TPE-E for signals
Traction resistance N/mm2 20 dynamic, 50 static
Capacity pF/m < 120 (conductors/shielding)
Number of conductors (shielded) (4 x 2 x 0.25 mm2) (4 x 2 x 0.38 mm2 + 2 x 0.5 mm2)
External diameter mm 7.5 9.4
Curvature radius (bend) mm 90 112
Working voltage V 300
Maximum length m 75 75
Service temperature °C 0…80
Limit supply values of the servodrive MHDA associated with a BPH motor with brake

To take into account voltage drops caused by the Lexium MHDA servodrive and
AGO FRU/AGO KIT supply cable connecting the servodrive to the motor, it is
essential that the servodrive power connection supply the holding brake with a
compatible voltage.
Power supply cable length 5m 10 m 15 m 25 m 40 m 50 m 75 m
Voltage range c V BPH0552 with brake 22.8…25.8 22.8…25.9 22.8…26.2 22.8…26.1 23…26.2 23.2…26.3 23.5…26.6
servodrive power supply (1)
BPH075p with brake 22.8…26.1 22.8…26.2 22.9…26.3 23.2…26.4 23.5…26.2 23.7…26.8 24.3…27.1

BPH095p with brake 22.9…26.2 23.1…26.3 23.2…26.4 23.5…26.6 24…26.9 24.3…27.1 25…27.6

BPH115p with brake 23…26.4 23.2…26.4 23.4…26.6 23.7…26.8 24.2…27.1 24.6…27.3 25.4…27.6

BPH142p with brake 23.1…26.4 23.3…26.5 23.6…26.7 24…27 24.7…27.4 25.2…27.6 26.3…27.6

BPH190p with brake 23.6…26.8 24…27 24.3…27.2 25…27.6 26…27.6 26.6…27.6 impossible

(1) Voltage measured on the c 24 V connector of the MHDA servodrive.

Introduction: Functions: Description: References: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 106 to 109 page 105

104
Dimensions Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Lexium BPH motors (all models)

e

b1
g2

b
c1 b

G
d
c a

f
g1 f1
h

BPH a b b1 c c1 d e Ø1 (2) G H
0552 S5 140/176 (1) 55 86 20 2.5 9 63 40 63 5.5
0751 N5 221 75 127 23 2.5 8 83 60 75 6
0752 N5 250 75 127 30 2.5 8 83 60 75 6
0952 N5 275 95 147 40 3 9 80 80 100 7
0953 N5 304 95 147 40 3 9 80 80 100 7 6
1152 N5 290 115 166 40 3 10 82 95 115 9
1153 N5 319 115 166 40 3 10 82 95 115 9
1422 N5 316 142 193 50 3 14 89 130 165 11
1423 N5 345 142 193 50 3 14 89 130 165 11
1902 N5 354 190 242 58 3 17 93 180 215 14
1903 K5 383 190 242 58 3 17 93 180 215 14
1904 K5 412 190 242 58 3 17 93 180 215 14
1907 K5 500 190 242 80 3 17 93 180 215 14
190A K5 605 190 242 80 3 17 93 180 215 14
Shaft end with key
BPH c f f1 g1 g2 h (3) Ø2 (4)
0552 S5 20 15 0 10.2 M3 x 10 3 9
0751 N5 23 15 5 12.5 M4 x 10 4 11
0752 N5 30 20 5 16 M5 x 12.5 5 14
0952 N5 40 30 5 21.5 M6 x 16 6 19
0953 N5 40 30 5 21.5 M6 x 16 6 19
1152 N5 40 30 5 21.5 M6 x 16 6 19
1153 N5 40 30 5 21.5 M6 x 16 6 19
1422 N5 50 40 5 27 M8 x 19 8 24
1423 N5 50 40 5 27 M8 x 19 8 24
1902 N5 58 45 6.5 35 M12 x 28 10 32
1903 K5 58 45 6.5 35 M12 x 28 10 32
1904 K5 58 45 6.5 35 M12 x 28 10 32
1907 K5 80 70 6.5 41 M12 x 28 10 38
190A K5 80 70 6.5 41 M12 x 28 10 38
(1) 140 for motor without holding brake / 176 for motor with holding brake
(2) Tolerance j6
(3) Tolerance h9
(4) Tolerance j6

Introduction: Functions: Description: Characteristics: References:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 95 to 104 pages 106 to 109

105
 References Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Continuous Associated Peak stall Maximum Holding brake Reference Weight
stall servodrive torque mechanical d
torque (1) MHDA speed kg
0.4 Nm 1004N/A 1.1 Nm 8,000 rpm Without brake (2) BPH 0552 S5p A2p0p 1.400
With brake (2) BPH 0552 S5p F2p0p 1.650
0.9 Nm or 1004N/A 1.7 Nm 6,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 0751 N5p A2pAp 3.500
BPH 0552p 1.3 Nm 1008N/A 3.4 Nm 6,000 rpm With brake (3) BPH 0751 N5p F2pAp 3.850
1.3 Nm or 1004N/A 2.5 Nm 6,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 0752 N5p A2pAp 4.300
2.3 Nm 1008N/A 4.8 Nm 6,000 rpm With brake (3) BPH 0752 N5p F2pAp 4.650
3.7 Nm or 1008N/A 7.2 Nm 6,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 0952 N5p A2pAp 6.700
4.3 Nm 1017N/A 13.4 Nm 6,000 rpm With brake (3) BPH 0952 N5p F2pAp 7.500
6.0 Nm 1017N/A 13.4 Nm 6,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 0953 N5p A2pAp 8.000
1028N/A 20.3 Nm 6,000 rpm With brake (3) BPH 0953 N5p F2pAp 8.800
7.4 Nm 1017N/A 13.6 Nm 6,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 1152 N5p A2pAp 9.600
1028N/A 19.3 Nm 6,000 rpm With brake (3) BPH 1152 N5p F2pAp 10.900
6.8 Nm or 1017N/A 13.5 Nm 6,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 1153 N5p A2pAp 11.700
10.5 Nm 1028N/A 19.4 Nm 6,000 rpm With brake (3) BPH 1153 N5p F2pAp 13.000
BPH 075p
11.4 Nm or 1028N/A 18.0 Nm 4000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 1422 N5p A2pAp 17.200
12.0 Nm 1056N/A 30.0 Nm 4,000 rpm With brake (3) BPH 1422 N5p F2pAp 19.400
14.5 Nm or 1028N/A 24.2 Nm 4,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 1423 N5p A2pAp 20.100
17.0 Nm 1056N/A 42.0 Nm 4,000 rpm With brake (3) BPH 1423 N5p F2pAp 22.300
25.0 Nm 1056N/A 37.5 Nm 4,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 1902 N5p A2pAp 32.100
With brake (3) BPH 1902 N5p F2pAp 36.200
36.0 Nm 1056N/A 57.0 Nm 4,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 1903 K5p A2pAp 37.300
With brake (3) BPH 1903 K5p F2pAp 41.400
46.0 Nm 1056N/A 76.2 Nm 4,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 1904 K5p A2pAp 42.400
With brake (3) BPH 1904 K5p F2pAp 46.500
BPH 095p 75.0 Nm 1112A 157.0 Nm 4,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 1907 K5p A2pAp 58.000
With brake (3) BPH 1907 K5p F2pAp 62.100
90.0 Nm or 1112A 163.0 Nm 4,000 rpm Without brake (3) BPH 190A K5p A2pAp 73.900
100 Nm 1198A 230.0 Nm 4,000 rpm With brake (3) BPH 190A K5p F2pAp 78.000
(1) Depending on the associated Lexium servodrive
(2) To order a BPH 0552 motor, fill out the reference
BPH 0552 S5 A2/ 0 (4)
F2
Sensor integrated in Resolver with 1 pair of poles U
6 motor
Shaft end Key C
Smooth L
BPH 115p
Degree of protection IP 65 (housing), IP 54 (shaft end) 0 (5)
(3) To order a BPH 075...190 motor, fill out each reference
BPH 1422 N5 A2/ A (6)
F2
Sensor integrated in Resolver with 1 pair of poles M
motor High resolution absolute encoder,
multiturn, SinCos Hiperface (no. of A
turns: 4096)
single turn, SinCos Hiperface B
Shaft end Key C
Smooth L
Degree of protection IP 65 (housing and shaft end) 1
IP 67 (housing and shaft end) 2
BPH 142p

(4) This motor is compatible with the MHDA 1004 servo drive even though its reference ends in 0p. However,
the servodrive's supply voltage must be limited to 3 x 230 V rms + 10 %.
(5) IP 64 with BMH Q101 end of shaft joint.
(6) The reference ending in Ap refers to Lexium motors that are compatible with Lexium MHDA servodrives.
Other BPH motors with 0p at the end of their reference are not compatible with MHDA servodrives.

d To obtain the list of short delay BPH motors, contact our Regional Sales Offices.

BPH 190p

Introduction: Functions: Description: Characteristics: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 95 to 104 page 105

106
References (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

References (continued)
Choice of power cables, resolver and SinCos Hiperface encoder
Length BPH 0552 BPH 0751N BPH 0952N BPH 1152N BPH 1422N BPH 1902N BPH 1907K
BPH 0752N BPH 0953N BPH 1153N BPH 1423N BPH 1903K BPH 190AK
BPH 1904K
Cables with Power 10 m – AGO FRU 015M 010 AGO FRU 016M 010 –
connectors fitted
at both ends
Resolver 10 m – AGO FRU 014M 010

SinCos 10 m – AGO FRU 013M 010

Hiperface
Encoder
Cables fitted with Power 5m AGO KIT AGO KIT 018M 005 AGO KIT 019M 005 AGO FRU
one connector 001M 005 020M 005
(motor side) and
one connector to 10 m – – – AGO FRU
be mounted 020M 010
(servodrive side)
15 m AGO KIT AGO KIT 018M 015 AGO KIT 019M 015 AGO FRU
001M 015 020M 015

25 m AGO KIT AGO KIT 018M 025 AGO KIT 019M 025 AGO FRU
001M 025 020M 025

50 m – AGO KIT 018M 050 AGO KIT 019M 050 AGO FRU
020M 050

75 m – AGO KIT 018M 075 AGO KIT 019M 075 AGO FRU
020M 075

Resolver 5m AGO KIT AGO KIT 024M 005

025M 005

15 m AGO KIT AGO KIT 024M 015

025M 015

25 m AGO KIT AGO KIT 024M 025

025M 025

50 m – AGO KIT 024M 050 6

75 m – AGO KIT 024M 075

SinCos 5m – AGO KIT 023M 005

Hiperface
Encoder
15 m – AGO KIT 023M 015

25 m – AGO KIT 023M 025

50 m – AGO KIT 023M 050

75 m – AGO KIT 023M 075

Cables sold Power Sold by RPC 305S –

by the meter the meter (2)

Resolver Sold by AGO CAV –

the meter 003
(2)
(1) AGO FRU 020Mppp cables are fitted with a connector (at the motor end) and a free wire termination (for connection to the screw terminal block at the servodrive
end).
(2) The two lengths of cable, RPC 305S and AGO CAV 003, are fitted with all 4 AGO KIT 002CON shear connectors.

Introduction: Functions: Description: Characteristics: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 95 to 104 page 105

107
 References (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Connecting cables (1)

Cables fitted with connectors at both ends
Description From To Length Reference Weight
kg
Cables power Lexium motors Lexium MHDA 1004/1008/ 10 m AGO FRU 015M 010 –
(2) BPH 0751…1153 1017/1028 servodrives

Lexium motors Lexium 10 m AGO FRU 016M 010 –

BPH 1422…1904K MHDA 1028/1056
servodrives

Cable resolver Lexium motors Lexium 10 m AGO FRU 014M 010 –

BPH 0751…190AK MHDA 1ppp servodrives

Encoder cable SinCos Lexium motors Lexium 10 m AGO FRU 013M 010 –
AGO FRU Hiperface BPH 0751…190AK MHDA 1ppp servodrives
013/014/015/016 M010
Cables fitted with a connector at the motor end (the servodrive end connector supplied with the cable has
to be fitted)
Description From To Length Reference Weight
(3) kg
Power cables Lexium motors Lexium 5m AGO KIT 001M 005 –
(2) BPH 0552 MHDA 1004 servodrives 15 m AGO KIT 001M 015 –
25 m (4) AGO KIT 001M 025 –

Lexium motors Lexium 5m AGO KIT 018M 005 –

BPH 0751…1153 MHDA 1004/1008/1017/ 15 m AGO KIT 018M 015 –
1028 servodrives
25 m (4) AGO KIT 018M 025 –
50 m (4) AGO KIT 018M 050 –
75 m (4) AGO KIT 018M 075 –

Lexium motors Lexium 5m AGO KIT 019M 005 –

AGO FRU 020M 0pp BPH 1422…1904 MHDA 1028/1056 15 m AGO KIT 019M 015 –
servodrives
25 m (4) AGO KIT 019M 025 –
50 m (4) AGO KIT 019M 050 –
75 m (4) AGO KIT 019M 075 –

Lexium motors Lexium 5 m (5) AGO FRU 020M 005 –

BPH 1907…190A MHDA 1112/1198 10 m (5) AGO FRU 020M 010
6 servodrives
15 m (5) AGO FRU 020M 015 –
25 m (5) AGO FRU 020M 025 –
50 m (5) AGO FRU 020M 050 –
75m (5) AGO FRU 020M 075 –

Resolver cables Lexium motors Lexium 5m AGO KIT 025M 005 –

BPH 0552 MHDA 1004 servodrives 15 m AGO KIT 025M 015 –
25 m AGO KIT 025M 025 –

Lexium motors Lexium 5m AGO KIT 024M 005 –

BPH 0751…190A MHDA 1ppp servodrives 15 m AGO KIT 024M 015 –
25 m AGO KIT 024M 025 –
50 m AGO KIT 024M 050 –
75 m AGO KIT 024M 075 –

AGO KIT SinCos encoder cables Lexium motors Lexium 5m AGO KIT 023M 005 –
001/018/019/023/024/025M 0pp BPH 0751…190A MHDA 1ppp servodrives 15 m AGO KIT 023M 015 –
25 m AGO KIT 023M 025 –
50 m AGO KIT 023M 050 –
75 m AGO KIT 023M 075 –

(1) The properties of Lexium MHDA servodrives associated with Lexium BPH motors require the use of the AGO FRU/AGO
KIT connection cables described above. (See paragraph on the characteristics of motor-servodrive power connection
cables).
(2) The reference AGO KIT 00pM 0pp includes a cable silk-screened AGO FRU 0ppM 0pp. In the case you order a
AGO KIT 024M 015, the cable will be silk-screened AGO FRU 024M 015.
(3) Conductors for supplying the holding brake integrated in the motor are included.
(4) If the connection distance between the BPH motor and the MHDA servodrive (1004....1056) is greater than or equal to 25
m, an AM0 FIL 001V056 choke must be inserted at the connection. This element must be placed as close as possible to
the servodrive (a distance of less than one meter). See page 66.
(5) There is no connector at the servodrive end: connection to the servodrive is via a screw terminal.

Introduction: Functions: Description: Characteristics: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 95 to 104 page 105

108
References (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Lexium BPH brushless motors

Connecting cables (continued)

Cables (sold by the meter) to be assembled from separate elements
Description From To Length Reference Weight
kg
Power cables Lexium motors Lexium MHDA 1004 Sold by the meter (1) RPC 305S –
BPH 0552 servodrives

Resolver cables Lexium motors Lexium MHDA 1004 Sold by the meter (1) AGO CAV 003 –
BPH 0552 servodrives

Description Type Used for Reference Weight

kg
Package with Power and resolver Lexium BPH 0552 motors and Lexium AGO KIT 002 CON –
RPC 3055 AGO KIT 002 CON 4 connectors (shear connectors) MHDA 1004 servodrives with RPC 305S/
AGO AGO CAV 003 cables
CAV 003
(1) The quantity ordered specifies the cable length in meters (maximum length 75m).
For example, ordering 6 RPC 305S corresponds to ordering one 6-meter long RPC 305S cable.

Documentation
Documentation A5 (English, French, German, Spanish and Italian)
Description Reference Weight
kg
Lexium BPH technical guide AMO MAN 001U 0.250

Separate parts
Description Use Reference Weight
kg
End joint for IP 64 BPH 055 motors BMH Q101 –
shaft end

Hoisting eye BPH 1902...190A motors AMO GOL 001 M8 –

Replacement parts
Description Use Reference Weight
kg
Keys for motor Lexium BPH 0552 motors AMO CHI 00615X3 –
shaft
Lexium BPH 0751 motors AMO CHI 0014X4 –
6
Lexium BPH 0752 motors AMO CHI 0025X5 –

Lexium BPH 0952...1153 motors AMO CHI 0036X6 –

Lexium BPH 1422/1423 motors AMO CHI 0048X7 –

Lexium BPH 1902...1904 motors AMO CHI 0050X8 –

Lexium BPH 1907/190A motors AMO CHI 00770X10 –

Introduction: Functions: Description: Characteristics: Dimensions:

page 92 page 93 page 94 pages 95 to 104 page 105

109
 Sizing the brushless motor Lexium motion control 1

Sizing the brushless motor

To assist you in sizing the motor the Lexium Sizer utility is available on the
site:www.schneiderautomation.com.
This page is to help you understand the method of calculation used.
In order to size a motor, you need to know the equivalent thermal torque and average
speed required by the mechanics to be associated with the motor. Both these values
are calculated using a motor cycle trend diagram and should be compared with the
speed/torque curves given for each motor (see pages 95 to 101).

Motor speed Motor cycle trend diagram

The motor cycle is made up of several sub-cycles, the duration of which is known.
V3
Each sub-cycle is split into phases which correspond to the periods of time during
V2 which the motor torque is constant (maximum 1 to 3 phases per sub-cycle).
V1 This division can be used to calculate, for each phase :
b the duration (ti)
0 t b the speed (Si)
V4 b the required torque (Ti)
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9 t10 t11 t12
The trend diagrams opposite show the 4 phase types :
Cycle time
Torque required b constant acceleration during t1, t3 and t9
C3 b at work during times t2, t4, t6, and t10
C2 b constant deceleration during t5, t7 and t11
b motor stopped during t8 and t12
C1
The total duration of the cycle is calculated as follows :
0 t Cycle time = t1 + t2 + t3 + t4 + t5 + t6 + t7 + t8 + t9 + t10 + t11 + t12
C4
Calculating the average speed
C5

S
∑ Si ⋅ ti
= ---------------------------
The average speed is calculated using the formula : avg
b Si corresponds to the various working speeds ti
∑
Si
-----
b 2 corresponds to the average speeds during the constant acceleration and
deceleration phases. In the example above :

Duration ti t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9 t10 t11 t12

S2 S3 + S2 S3 + S1 S1 S4 S4
Speed Si ----------
2
S2 -------------------------------
2
S3 -------------------------------
2
S1 ----------
2
0 ----------
2
S4 ----------
2
0

The average speed is calculated as follows :

S2 S3 + S2 S3 + S1 S1 S4 S4
------- ⋅ t1 + S2 ⋅ t2 + ---------------------- ⋅ t3 + S3 ⋅ t4 + ---------------------- ⋅ t5 + S1 ⋅ t6 + ------- ⋅ t7 + ------- ⋅ t9 + S4 ⋅ t10 + ------- ⋅ t11
2 2 2 2 2 2
S = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
avg Cycletime
7
Calculating the equivalent thermal torque
The equivalent thermal torque is calculated using the formula :

T =
∑ 2
Ti ⋅ ti
-------------------------------
eq Cycletime

In the example above, this formula gives the following calculation :

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
T2 ⋅ t1 + T1 ⋅ t2 + T3 ⋅ t3 + T1 ⋅ t4 + T5 ⋅ t5 + T1 ⋅ t6 + T5 ⋅ t7 + T5 ⋅ t9 + T4 ⋅ t10 + T2 ⋅ t11
Teq = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cycletime

Torque in Nm
15 Determining the motor size
4
The point defined by the 2 calculations above, where the :
b vertical axis represents the average speedSavg
10
4
b horizontal axis represents the thermal torque Teq
2 must be within the area bounded by curve 2 and the work zone. The example time
diagram opposite illustrates a BPH 1152N motor used with an MHDA 1017N/1017A
5
servodrive, with a 3-phase 400 V supply.
2 The motor cycle time diagram should also be used to ensure that all torques Ti
required for the different speeds Si during the various cycle phases are within the
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 area bounded by curve 4 and the work zone.
Speed in rpm 2 Nominal stopping torque at 400 V, 3-phase.
Work zone
4 Maximum torque at 400 V, 3-phase.

110
Sizing the braking resistor Lexium motion control 1

Sizing the braking resistor

When braking or deceleration is required, the kinetic energy of the load must be
absorbed by the servodrive. The energy generated by deceleration loads the
capacitors integrated in the servodrive. When the voltage at the capacitor terminals
exceeds the permitted threshold, the braking resistor (internal or external) is
automatically activated in order to dissipate this energy. Calculation of the power to
be dissipated by the braking resistor requires an understanding of the trend diagram
giving the motor torques and speeds according to time in order to identify the curve
segments in which the servodrive decelerates the load.

Motor cycle trend diagram

These two curves are used on page 110 to size the motor. The segments of the curve
to be taken into account, when the servodrive is decelerating, are marked in blue by
Di.

Calculating the constant deceleration power

In order to do this you need to know the total inertia, defined as follows :
Jt : total inertia
where :
Jt = Jm (motor inertia, with or without brake) + Jc (load inertia). For Jm, see pages
79 to 83 (for SER motors) or 95 to 101 (for BPH motors).
The energy Ei of each deceleration segment is defined as follows :
Ei = 1/2 Jt. ωi2 = 1/2 Jt.(2πSi/60)2
giving, for the different segments :
E1 = 1/2 Jt. (2π/60)2. (S32-S12) for segment D1
E2 = 1/2 Jt. (2π S1/60)2 for segment D2
E3 = 1/2 Jt. (2π S4/60)2 for segment D3
where Ei is in joules, Jt in kgm2, ω in radians and Si in rpm

Energy absorbed by the internal capacitors

The energy absorption capacity of the servodrive Edrive (without using an internal or
external braking -resistor) is shown opposite.

Edrive In the calculation, only take into account segments Di whose energy Ei is greater
Power supply V 230 230 400 480 than the absorption capacity given in the table opposite. The additional -energy
single 3-ph. 3-ph. 3-ph. values EDi are dissipated in the resistor (internal or external) :
ph.
MHDA 1004p Joules 5 5 19 23 EDi = Ei - Edrive (in joules)
MHDA 1008p Joules 5 5 19 23
MHDA 1017p Joules – 5 19 23
Calculating pulsed and continuous power
MHDA 1028p Joules – 5 19 23
Pulsed power : for each segment, the power PIi is defined as follows :
MHDA 1056p Joules – 10 38 47
PIi = EDi / ti
MHDA 1112p Joules – 60 150 180
where Pli is in W, EDi in joules and t in s and ti corresponds to the deceleration time
MHDA 1198p Joules – 120 300 360
of the segment concerned.
The continuous power Pc is calculated for each machine cycle as follows :
7
Pc = ∑ EDi / Cycle time
where Pc is in W, EDi in joules and Cycle time in s.

Selecting the braking resistor (internal or external)

There are two options :
The pulsed powersPIi of the various segments are to be compared with the
maximum peak braking power PCr given in the table below. Select PCr > PIi.
This selection is confirmed by comparing the continuous power calculatedPc with the
continuous braking power PPr given in the table below. Select PPr > Pc.

Braking power of servodrive Lexium 17D MHDA Lexium 17D HP

Lexium 17D HP et 17S HP 1004/1008N/A 1017/1028/1056N/A MHDA 1112/A00 MHDA 1198/A00
3-phase servodrive supply V 230 400 480 230 400 480 230 400 480 30 400 480

Internal resistor Ω 66 33 – –
Continuous PPr W 80 200 – –
Peak (1s) PCr W 2500 8000 10500 5000 16000 21000 – –
External resistor Ω 33 33 15 10
Continuous PPr W 250 400 500 750 1200 1500 6000 6000
Peak (1s) PCr W 5000 16000 21000 5000 16000 21000 10000 35000 45000 16000 50000 70000
Resistor to AM0 RFE 001 AM0 RFE 001 V150 AM0 RFE 002 V086 AM0 RFE 002 V150
associate V025 V050

111
 Presentation Lexium motion control 1

Phaseo regulated power supplies

ABL 7 power supplies

The ABL 7 range of power supplies is designed to provide the d.c. voltage necessary
for the control circuits of automation system equipment. Split into three families, this
range meets all the needs encountered in industrial, commercial and residential
applications. Single-phase or 3-phase (1), of the electronic switch mode type, they
provide a quality of output which is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible
with the mains supply available in the equipment. Clear guidelines are given on
selecting protection devices which are often used with them, and thus a
comprehensive solution is provided which can be used in total safety.

Phaseo switch mode power supplies

These switch mode power supplies are totally electronic and regulated. The use of
electronics makes it possible to significantly improve the performance of these power
supplies which offer:
b compact size,
b integrated overload, short-circuit, overvoltage and undervoltage protection,
b a very wide range of permissible input voltages, without any adjustment,
b a high degree of output voltage stability,
b hight performance,
b LED indicators on the front panel.

Phaseo power supplies are available in single-phase and 3-phase versions (1). They
deliver a voltage which is precise to 3%, whatever the load and whatever the type of
mains supply, within a range of 85 to 264 V for single-phase, or 360 to 550 V for 3-
phase. Conforming to IEC standards, UL and CSA certified, they are suitable for
universal use. The inclusion of overload and short-circuit protection makes
downstream protection unnecessary if discrimination is not required.
ABL 7 RE supplies are also equipped with an output undervoltage control which
causes the product to trip if the output voltage drops below 19 V, in order to ensure
2/3 A power supply that the voltage delivered is always usable by the actuators being supplied. All the
products are fitted with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer in order to be
able to compensate for any line voltage drops in installations with long cable runs.
Most of our power supplies are designed for direct mounting on 35 and 75 mm 7
rails.

The 24 AC single-phase power supplies ABL 7RE selected (2) in this catalogue are
quite adapted to tie-up with the Lexium MHDA servodrives):
b power between 48 W (2 A) and 240 W (10 A),
b compact size,
b for all machine equipment,
b suitable for use in automation system environments based on the Modicon
platforms of Telemecanique brand requiring c 24 V power supply.
7 5 A power supply (1) 3-phase power supplies, consult our catalogue “Phaseo Power Supplies and Transformers”.
(2) ABL 7RP single-phase power supplies, consult our catalogue “Phaseo Power Supplies and
Transformers”.

10 A power supply

Selection Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

page 114 pages 115 and 116 page 117 page 117

112
Presentation (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Phaseo regulated power supplies

Using c 24 V

b Using c 24 V enables so-called protection installations (PELV) to be built. Using

PELV is a measure designed to protect people from direct and indirect contact.
Measures relating to these installations are defined in publication NF C 12-201 and
in standard IEC 364-4-41.

b The application of these measures to the electrical equipment in machines is

defined in standard NF EN 60204-1 and requires:
v that the voltage used is below 60 V d.c. in dry environments and below 30 V in
damp environments,
v the connection of one side of the PELV circuit, or one point of the source, to the
equipotential protection circuit associated with higher voltages.
v the use of switchgear and control gear on which measures have been taken to
ensure "safety separation" between power circuits and control circuits.

b A safety separation is necessary between power circuits and control circuits in

PELV circuits. Its aim is to warn of the appearance of dangerous voltages in c 24 V
safety circuits.

b The reference standards involved are:

v IEC 61558-2-6 and EN 61558-2-6 (safety transformers),
v IEC 664 (coordination of isolation).
Telemecanique power supplies meet these requirements.

b Moreover, to ensure that these products will operate correctly in relation to the
demands of their reinforced isolation, it is recommended that they be mounted and
wired as indicated below:
v they should be placed on an earthed mounting plate or rail,
v they should be connected using flexible cables, with a maximum of two wires per
connection, and tightened to the nominal torque,
v conductors of the correct insulation class must be used.

b If the d.c. circuit is not connected to an equipotential protection conductor, an earth

leakage detector will indicate any accidental insulation faults (please consult your
Regional Sales Office).

Operating voltage

b The permissible tolerances for the operating voltage are listed in publications
IEC 1131-2 and DIN 19240.

b For nominal voltage Un = c 24 V, the extreme operating values are from - 15 %

to + 20 % of Un, whatever the supply variations in the range - 10 % to + 6 % (defined
by standard IEC 38) and load variations in the range 0-100 % of In. 7
All Telemecanique c 24 V power supplies are designed to provide a voltage within
this range.

b It may be necessary to use a voltage measurement relay to detect when the

normal voltage limits are being surpassed and to deal with the consequences of this
(please consult your Regional Sales Office).

Selection Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

page 114 pages 115 and 116 page 117 page 117

113
 Selection Lexium motion control 1

Phaseo regulated power supplies

The quality of the mains power supply

The Phaseo range is the solution because it guarantees precision to 3% of the output
voltage, whatever the load current and the input voltage. In addition, the wide input
voltage range of Phaseo power supplies allows them to be connected to all mains
supplies within the nominal range, without any adjustment.

Harmonic pollution (power factor)

The current drawn by a power supply is not sinusoidal. This leads to the existence of
harmonic currents which pollute the mains supply. European standard EN 61000-3-
2 limits the harmonic currents produced by power supplies. This standard covers all
devices between 75 W and 1000 W, drawing up to 16 A per phase, and connected
directly to the public mains power supply. Devices connected downstream of a
private, low voltage, general transformer are therefore excluded.

Regulated switch mode supplies always produce harmonic currents; a filter circuit
(Power Factor Correction or PFC) must therefore be added to comply with standard
EN 61000-3-2.

Electromagnetic compatibility

Levels of conducted and radiated emissions are defined in standards EN 55011 and
EN 55022.
All products in the Phaseo range have class B certification and can be used without
any restrictions due to their low emissions.

Behaviour in the event of short-circuits

Phaseo power supplies are equipped with an electronic protection device. This
protection device resets itself automatically on elimination of the fault (around
1 second for ABL 7RE, which avoids having to take any action or change a fuse).

Presentation: Characteristics: References: Dimensions:

pages 112 and 113 pages 115 and 116 page 117 page 117

114
Characteristics Lexium motion control 1

Phaseo regulated power supplies

Technical characteristics
Type of power supply ABL 7RE
Approvals UL, CSA, TÜV, CTick
Conforming to Safty UL 508, CSA 22.2 n° 950
standards EMC EN 50081-1, IEC 61000-6-2 (EN 50082-2)
Low frequency harmonic currents –

Input circuit
LED indication Orange LED
Input voltages Rated values V a 100…240 single-phase
Permissible values V a 85…264 single-phase
Permissible frequencies Hz 47…63
Efficiency at nominal load > 85 %
Current consumption Ue = 240 V A 0.6 (48 W)/0.83 (72 W)
1.2 (120 W)/2.5 (240 W)
Ue = 100 V A 1.2 (48 W)/1.46 (72 W)
1.9 (120 W)/3.6 (240 W)
Current at switch-on A < 30
Power factory 0.65 approx.

Output circuit
LED indication Green LED
Nominal output voltage (U out) V c 24
Nominal output current A 2/3/5/10
Precision Output voltage Ajustable from 100 to 120 %
Line and load regulation ±3%
Residual ripple - interference mV < 200 (peak-peak)
Micro-breaks Holding time at I max and Ve min ms > 10
Temporary Permissible inrush current See page 116
overloads (U out >19V)
Protections Short-circuits Permanent/automatic restart
Overload 1.1 In
Overvoltage Tripping if U > 1.5 Un
Undervoltage Tripping if U < 0.8 Un

Operational and environmental characteristics

Connections Input mm2 2 x 2.5 + earth
Output mm2 2 x 2.5 + earth, multiple output, depending on model
Ambient Storage temperature °C - 25… + 70
conditions Operating temperature °C 0… + 60 (derating as from 50 °C, mounted vertically)
Max. relative humidity 95 % without condensation
Degree of protection IP 20 conforming IEC 529
Vibrations Conforming EN 61131-2
Operating position
MTBF at 40 °C
Vertical
> 100 000 h
7
Connections Series Possible
Parallel Possible (max. temperature 50 °C)
Dielectric Input/output 3000 V/50 and 60 Hz 1 minute
strength Input/earth 3000 V/50 and 60 Hz 1 minute
Ouput/earth (and output/output) 500 V/50 and 60 Hz 1 minute
Input fuse incoporated Yes, not interchangeable
Disturbance EN 50081-1
Conducted EN 55011/EN 55022 cl.B
Radiated EN 55011/EN 55022 cl.B
Immunity IEC 61000-6-2 (generic)
Electrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 (4 kV contact/8 kV air)
Electromagnetic EN 61000-4-3 niv.3 (10 V/m)
Conduced interference EN 61000-4-4 niv.3 (2 kV) , EN 61000-4-5, EN 61000-4-6 niv.3, EN 61000-4-8 niv. 4.
Mains interference EN 1000-4-11 (voltage drops and cuts)

Presentation: Selection: References: Dimensions:

pages 112 and 113 page 114 page 117 page 117

115
 Characteristics (continued) Lexium motion control 1

Phaseo regulated power supplies

Derating

The ambient temperature is a determining factor which limits the power that an
electronic power supply can deliver continuously. If the temperature around the
electronic components is too high, their life will be significantly reduced. Conversely,
a power supply can deliver more than its nominal power if the ambient temperature
remains largely below the rated operating temperature.
The rated ambient temperature for Phaseo power supplies is 50 °C. Above this,
derating is necessary up to a maximum temperature of 60 °C.
P/Pn (%) The graph below shows the power P (in relation to the nominal power Pn) which the
140
power supply can deliver continuously, according to the ambient temperature.
Derating should be considered in extreme operating conditions:
120 b Intensive operation (output current permanently close to the nominal current,
100 combined with a high ambient temperature).
b Output voltage set above 24V (to compensate for line voltage drops, for example).
80
b Parallel connection to increase the total power.
60
50
40 General rules to be complied with
Intensive operation See derating on above graph.
20 Example for ABL 7RE:
0 v without derating, from 0 °C to 50 °C,
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 v derating of nominal current by 2%, per additional °C, up to 60 °C.
Maximum operational temperature (°C) Rise in output The nominal power is fixed.
Increasing the output voltage means that the current delivered must
be reduced.
Parallel connection to The total power is equal to the sum of the power of the power supplies
increase the power used, but the maximum ambient temperature for operation is 50 °C.
To improve heat dissipation, the power supplies must not be in
contact with each other.

In all cases, there must be adequate convection round the products to ensure easier
cooling. There must be a clear space of 50 mm above and below Phaseo power
supplies and of 15 mm at the sides.

Load limit

U out

19 V

7
1,1 x In I out

Temporary overloads

T (ms) I out
20
I out:(0...100%)
18

16

14

12

10

0
1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8
x In

Presentation: Selection: References: Dimensions:

pages 112 and 113 page 114 page 117 page 117

116
Selection, Lexium motion control 1

references, Phaseo regulated power supplies

dimensions

ABL 7RE and ABL 7RP power supply: protection of the power supply line
Type of mains supply a 115 V single-phase a 230 V single-phase
Thermal-magnetic circuit- gG fuse Thermal-magnetic circuit- gG fuse
breaker breaker
Type of protection
GB2 C60N GB2 C60N

ABL 7RE2402 GB2 pB07 MG24517 (1) 2A GB2-DB06 MG24516 (1) 2A

ABL 7RE2403 GB2 pB07 MG24517 (1) 2A GB2-DB06 MG24516 (1) 2A
ABL 7RE2405 GB2 pB08 MG24518 (1) 4A GB2-DB07 MG17453 (1) 2A
ABL 7RE2410 GB2 pB12 MG17454 (1) 6A GB2-DB08 MG24518 (1) 4A
(1) Circuit-breaker certified UL.

Association of the single-phase power supplies Phaseo with Lexium MHDA servodrives

To define the size of the ABL 7RE power supply, it is necessary to add the other
elements of the control system connected to this power supply to the consumption of
the servodrive, giving a total Σ la.

The power supply is selected by applying a factor of 1.25 to take into account the
dispersions and different inrush currents, thus:
Nominal output current TSX SUP > 1,25 Σ la.

A reminder of the c 24 V consumption for Lexium MHDA servodrives with SER/BPH

motors is given below.

Lexium servodrive MHDA 1004/1008p00 MHDA 1017p00 MHDA 1028p00 MHDA 1056p00 MHDA 1112/1198A00

Associated BPH motor 0552 075p 095p 095p 115p 095p 115p 142p 142p 1902/3/4 1907/190A

Current without brake (A) 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.2 1.2 2

Current out brake (A) (1) 1.08 1.25 1.45 1.45 1.55 1.45 1.55 1.75 2.2 2.7 3.5

Associated SER motor 39p 3Bp 39p 3Bp 3Bp – –

Current without brake (A) 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 – –

Current out brake (A) (1) 1.75 1.95 1.75 1.95 1.95 – –

(1) According to the length of power cable (between the servodrive and motor), check the output
voltage range is compatible with the voltage ranges indicated on page 104 : limit supply values
of the servodrive MHDA associated with a BPH motor with brake.

References (1)
ABL 7RE single-phase regulated switch mode power supplies 7
Mains input voltage Output Nominal Nominal Auto-protect Conforming to Reference Weight
47...63 Hz voltage power current reset standard
EN 61000-3-2
V cV W A kg
a 100…240 24 48 2 auto no ABL 7RE2402 0.520
single-phase wide range 72 3 auto no ABL 7RE2403 0.520
120 5 auto no ABL 7RE2405 1.000
240 10 auto no ABL 7RE2410 2.200
(1) Other Phaseo power supplies, consult our catalogue “ Phaseo Power supply and
ABL 7RE2405 Transformer”.

Dimensions
ABL 7RE24pp/ABL 7RP24pp ABL 7RE2402/2403 ABL 7RE2405 ABL 7RE2410
Common side view
Mounting on 35 and 75 mm rails
120

120

120

120 27 54 135

117
 Lexium motion control 1

Automation products certifications

In some countries, certification of certain electrical components is enforced by law.

A standard conformity certificate is then issued by the official organization. Each
certified product must carry approval symbols when enforced.
Use on board merchant navy vessels generally requires prior approval
(= certification) of an electrical device by certain marine classification authorities.
Key Certification body Country
CSA Canadian Standards Association Canada
C-Tick Australian Communication Authority Australia
UL Underwriters Laboratories USA
Key Classification authority Country
ABS American Bureau of Shipping USA
BV Bureau Veritas France
DNV Det Norske Veritas Norway
GL Germanischer Lloyd Germany
GOST Institut de recherche Scientifique Gost Standardt C.I.S., Russia
LR Lloyd's Register United-Kingdom
RINA Registro Italiano Navale Italiy
RMRS Register of Shipping C.I.S.
The table below shows the situation as of the 01.01.2004 for certifications obtained
or pending from organizations for base PLCs. An overview of certificates for
Telemecanique products is available on our Internet web site :
www.telemecanique.com

Product certifications
Certifications
C-Tick

Certified Hazardous
Pending locations
certification Class 1 Div 2
UL CSA ACA SIMTARS GOST
USA Canada Australia Australia CEI, Russia US
Advantys STB
CCX 17
Lexium MHD/BPH
Magelis iPC
Magelis XBT-F/FC
Magelis XBT-G/H/P/E/HM/PM
Momentum
Nano
Premium
Quantum
TBX
Telefast 2

7 TSX Micro
TSX/PMX 47 à 107
Twido (1)
Twin Line
(1) cULus north-american certification (Canada and US).

Local certifications
BG Germany TSX DPZ 10D2A safety module (TSX Micro)
TSX PAY 262/282 safety modules (Premium)
AS-Interface Europe TSX SAZ 10 master module (TSX Micro)
TSX SAY 100/1000 master modules (Premium)
TBX SAP 10 Fipio bus/AS-Interface bus gateway

118
 Lexium motion control 1

Automation products certifications

Community regulations

Marine classification
Marine classification des authorities

Certified
Pending
certification ABS BV DNV GL LR RINA RMRS
USA France Norway Germany Unit.-Kingdom Italiy C.I.S.
Advantys STB
CCX 17
Lexium MHD/BPH
Magelis iPC
Magelis XBT-F/FC
Magelis XBT-H/P/E/HM/PM
Momentum
Nano
Premium (1)
Quantum
TBX
Telefast 2
TSX Micro
TSX/PMX 47 à 107
Twido
Twin Line
(1) Unity processors, pending certification.

Community regulations
European directives

The opening of European markets implies a harmonization of regulations in the

various European Union member states.
European Directives are documents used to remove obstacles to the free movement
of goods and their application is compulsory in all states of the European Union.
Member states are obliged to transcribe each Directive into their national legislation
and, at the same time, to withdraw any conflicting regulations.
The Directives, particularly those of a technical nature with which we are concerned,
only set objectives, called “general requirements”.
The manufacturer must take all necessary measures to ensure that his products
conform to the requirements of each Directive relating to his equipment.
As a general rule, the manufacturer affirms that his product conforms to the
necessary requirements of the Directive(s) by applying the e label to his product.
e marking is applied to Telemecanique products where relevant.

The significance of e marking

7
b e marking on a product means that the manufacturer certifies that his product
conforms to the relevant European Directives ; it is necessary in order that a product
which is subject to a Directive(s) can be marketed and freely moved within the
European Union.
b e marking is intended solely for the national authorities responsible for market
regulation.

For electrical equipment, only conformity of the product to standards indicates that it
is suitable for use, and only a guarantee by a recognised manufacturer can ensure
a high level of quality.
One or more Directives, as appropriate, may apply to our products, in particular :
b The Low Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC amended by Directive 93/68/EEC : e
marking under the terms of this Directive is compulsory as of 1 January 1997.
b The Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336/EEC, amended by Directives
92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC : e marking on the products covered by this Directive
has been compulsory since 1 January 1996.

119
 Schneider Electric worldwide 1

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Afghanistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India

Albania Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Austria

Algeria b Schneider Electric voie A Lot C22 Tel. : +213 21 92 97 02 à 09

Zone industrielle Rouiba - Alger Fax : +213 21 92 97 00 à 01

Andorra Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric France

Angola Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Anguilla Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Antartica Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Brazil

Antigua & Barbuda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Argentina b Schneider Argentina Viamonte 2850 - 1678 Caseros Tel.: +54 1 716 88 88 www.schneider-electric.com.ar
(provincia Buenos Aires) Fax: +54 1 716 88 33

Armenia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Aruba Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Australia b Schneider Electric (Australia) Pty. 2 Solent Circuit Tel.: +61 298 51 28 00 www.schneider.com.au
Limited Norwest Business Park Fax: +61 296 29 83 40
Baulkham Hill _ NSW 2153

Austria b Schneider Austria Ges.m.b.H. Birostrasse 11 Tel.: +431 610 540 www.schneider-electric.at
1239 Wien Fax: +431 610 54 54

Azerbaijan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Bahamas b Schneider Electric Union Village Tel. : +1 242 327 42 91 www.squared.com

PO Box 3901 - Nassau Fax : +1 242 327 42 91

Bahrain b Schneider Electric Floor 1 - Juma Building Tel.: +97 322 7897
Abu Horaira Avenue Fax: +97 321 8313
PO Box 355 - 304 Manama

Bangladesh Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India

Barbados Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Belarus b Schneider Electric Industries SA Prospect Macherova 5, of. 202 Tel. : +375 172 23 75 50
220004 Minsk Fax : +375 172 23 97 61

Belgium b Schneider Electric nv/sa Dieweg 3 Tel.: +3223737711 www.schneider-electric.be

B - 1180 Brussels Fax: +3223753858

Belize Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric USA

Benin Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Bermuda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Bhutan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India

Bolivia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Chile

Bosnia and Herzegovina Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Croatia

Botswana Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Bouvet island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

b Schneider Electric Brazil Ltda.

7 Brazil Avenida Das Nações Unidas 23223
Jurubatuba - CEP 04795-907
São Paulo-SP
Tel.: +55 55 24 52 33
Fax: +55 55 22 51 34
www.schneider-electric.com.br

Brunei (Darussalam) Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Singapore

Bulgaria b Schneider Electric Expo 2000, Boulevard Vaptzarov Tel.: +3592 919 42 www.schneiderelectric.bg
1407 Sofiav Fax: +3592 962 44 39

Burkina Faso Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Burundi Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya

Cambodia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Viet Nam

Cameroon b Schneider Electric Cameroon 166, rue de l'Hôtel de Ville Tel.: +237 343 38 84
BP12087 - Douala Fax: +237 343 11 94

Canada b Schneider Canada 19, Waterman Avenue Tel.: +1 416 752 8020 www.schneider-electric.ca
M4 B1Y2 Toronto - Ontario Fax: +1 416 752 4203

Cape Verde Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Caribee Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Cayman islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Central African Republic Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Chad Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Chile b Schneider Electric Chile S.A. Avda. Pdte Ed. Frei Montalva, 6001-31 Tel.: +56 2 444 3000 www.schneider-electric.co.cl
Conchali - Santiago Fax: +56 2 423 9335

China b Schneider Beijing Landmark bldg-Room 1801 Tel.: +86 10 65 90 69 07 www.schneider-electric.com.cn

8 North Dong Sanhuan Rd Fax: +86 10 65 90 00 13
Chaoyang District
100004 Beijing

120
 Schneider Electric worldwide 0

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Christmas island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Cocos (Keeling) islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Colombia b Schneider Electric de Colombia Calle 45A #102-48 Tel.: +57 1 426 97 00
S.A. Bogota DC Fax: +57 1 426 97 40

Comoros Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric la Reunion

Congo Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Cook islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Costa Rica b Schneider Centroamérica Ltda. 1.5 kmts oeste de la Embajada Tel.: +506 232-60-55 www.schneider-ca.com
Americana, Fax: +506 232-04-26
Pavas, San José, Costa Rica C.A.
Apartado: 4123-1000 San Jose

Croatia b Schneider Electric SA Fallerovo Setaliste 22 Tel.: +385 1 367 100

HR - 10000 Zagreb Fax: +385 1 367 111

Cuba b Schneider Electric Bureau de Liaison de La Havane Tel.: +53 724 15 59

Calle 36- N°306-Apto1 Fax: +53 724 12 17
Entre 3ra y 5ta Avenida Miramar
Playa Habana

Cyprus b Schneider Electric Cyprus 28 General Timayia Avenue Tel.: +00357 248 12646
Kyriakos Building, Block #A301 Fax: +00357 246 37382
Larnaca 6046

Czech Republic b Schneider Electric CZ, s.r.o. Thámova 13 Tel.: +420 2 810 88 111 www.schneider-electric.cz
Praha 8 - 186 00 Fax: +420 2 24 81 08 49

Democratic Rep. of Congo Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Denmark b Schneider Electric A/S Baltorpbakken 14 Tel.: +45 44 73 78 88 www.schneider-electric.dk

DK-2750 Ballerup Fax: +45 44 68 5255

Djibouti Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt

Dominican Republic b Schneider Electric Calle Jacinto Manon Tel.: +1 809 334 66 63
Esq. Federico Geraldino Fax: +1 809 334 66 68
Edificio D' Roca Plaza Suite 402,
Ens. Paraiso - Santo Domingo

Ecuador b Schneider Electric Ecuador SA Av.Republica del Salvador 1082 y Nac Tel. : +593 2 224 42 42
Edificio Mansion Blanca-Quito Fax : +593 2 224 42 94

Egypt b Schneider Electric Egypt sae 68, El Tayaran Street Tel.: +20 24 01 01 19 www.schneider.com.eg
Nasr City, 11371 - Cairo Fax: +20 24 01 66 87

El Salvador Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric USA

Equatorial Guinea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Eritrea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt

Estonia b Lexel Electric Ehitajate tee 110 Tel. : +372 650 97 00

EE 12618 Talinn Fax : +372 650 97 22

Ethiopia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt

Falkland islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Brazil

Faroe islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Fiji
Finland
Contacts are assured by

b Schneider Electric Oy
Schneider Electric Australia

Sinimäentie 14 Tel. : +358 9 527 000 www.schneider-electric.fi

7
02630 Espoo Fax : +358 9 5270 0376

France b Schneider Electric SA 5, rue Nadar Tel.: +33 (0)1 41 29 82 00 www.schneider-electric.fr

92500 Rueil Malmaison Fax: +33 (0)1 47 51 80 20

French Polynesia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

French West Indies Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Gabon Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Gambia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Georgia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Germany b Schneider Electric GmbH Gothaer Straße 29 Tel.: +49210 240 40 www.schneiderelectric.de
D-40880 Ratingen Fax: +492 10 240 49 256

Ghana b Schneider Electric Ghana PMB Kia Tel. : +233 21 70 11 687

3rd Floor Opeibea House Fax : +233 21 77 96 22
Airport Commercial Center
Liberation road - Accra

Gilbraltar Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Spain

Greece b Schneider Electric AE 14th km - RN Athens-Lamia Tel.: +302 106 29 52 00 www.schneider-electric.com.gr

GR - 14564 Kifissia Fax: +302 106 29 52 10

Greenland Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Grenada Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Guadeloupe Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Martinique

Guam Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

121
 Schneider Electric worldwide 0

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Guatemala Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Guinea-Bissau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Sénégal

Guinea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Guyana Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Haiti Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Heard & Mac Donald isl. Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Honduras Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Hong Kong b Schneider Electric (Hong Kong) Room 3108-28, 31th Floor, Tel.: +852 25 65 06 21
Ltd Sun Hung Kai Centre, Fax: +852 28 11 10 29
30 Harbour Road, Wanchai

Hungary b Schneider Electric Hungária Fehérvári út 108 – 112 Tel.: +36 1 382 26-06 www.schneider-electric.hu
Villamossági Rt. H-1116 Budapest Fax: +36 1 206 1429

Iceland Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Denmark

India b Schneider Electric India Max House, 1 Dr Jha Marg, Okhla Tel. : +91 11 631 85 84 www.schneiderelectric-in.com
110 020 New Dehli Tel. : +91 11 631 71 61

Indonesia b P.T. Schneider Indonesia Ventura Building 7th Floor Tel.: +62 +21 750 44 06 www.schneider-electric.co.id
Jalan R.A. Kartini Kav.26 Fax: +62 +21 750 44 15/ 16
Cilandak - 12430 Jakarta

Iran (Islamic Republic of) b Telemecanique Iran 1047 Avenue VALI ASSR Tel.: +98 218 71 01 42
P.O. Box 15875-3547 Fax: +98 218 71 81 87
15116 Teheran

Irak b Schneider Electric Industries SA 38050 Grenoble Cedex 9 Tel.: +33 04 76 60 54 27

Fax: +33 04 76 60 56 60

Ireland b Schneider Electric Ireland Maynooth Road Tel.: +353+0 1 6012200 www.schneiderelectric.ie
Cellbridge - Co. Kildare Fax: +353+0 1 6012201

Italy b Schneider Electric S.p.A. Centro Direzionale Colleoni Tel.: +39 39 655 8111 www.schneiderelectric.it
Palazzo Sirio - Viale Colleoni, 7 Fax: +39 39 605 6237
20041 Agrate Brianza (Mi)

Ivory Coast b Schneider Electric Afrique de Rue Pierre et Marie Curie Tel.: +225 21 75 00 10
l'Ouest 18 BP 2027 Abidjan 18 Fax: +225 21 75 00 30

Jamaica b Schneider Electric Shop#5, Plaza Dunrobin Tel. : +1876 755 41 27

30 Dunrobin Avenue - Kingstown Tel. : +931 87 74

Japan b Schneider Electric Japan Ltd Torigoe F. Bldg Tel.: +81 358 35 35 81 www.schneider-electric.co.jp
1-8-2, Torigoe Fax: +81 358 35 35 85
Taito-Ku - 111-0054 Tokyo

Jordan b Schneider Electric Industr. Jordan Jordan University Street Tel.: 962 65 16 78 87
Abu Al Haj Commercial Complex Fax: 962 65 16 79 1
2nd Floor - Office # 202 - Amman

Kazakstan b Schneider Electric Kazakhstan Prospekt Abaia 157 off 9 Tel. : +7 327 250 93 88
Liaison Office 480009 Almaty Tel. : +7 327 250 63 70

Kenya b Schneider East Africa Power Technics Complex Tel. : +254 2.824.156
Monbasa Road - PO Box 46345 Fax : +254 2.824.157
Nairobi

Kiribati Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

7 Korea b Schneider Electric Korea Ltd 3Floor, Cheil Bldg., 94-46, 7-Ka
Youngdeungpodong,
Tel. : +82 2 2630 9700
Fax : +82 2 2630 9800
www.csinfo.co.kr/schneider/

Youngdeungpo-ku
150-037 Seoul

Kurdistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Kuwait b Schneider Electric Kuwait Al Gaas Tower - Sharq 2nd Floor Tel.: +965 240 75 46
PO Box 20092 - 13 061 Safat Fax: +965 240 75 06

Kyrgyz Republic Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Laos Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Thailand

Latvia b Lexel Electric 60A A.Deglava str. Tel. : +371 780 23 74/75
LV1035 Riga Fax : +371 754 62 80

Lebanon b Schneider Electric Liban Tabaris, Avenue Charles Malek Tel. : +961 1 20 46 20
Immeuble Ashada, 8 Tel. : +961 1 20 31 19
P.O. Box 166223 - Beyrouth

Lesotho Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Liberia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ghana

Libya Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Tunisia

Liechtenstein Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Switzerland

Lithuania b Lexel Electric 44, Verkiu str. Tel. : +370 278 59 59/61
LT-2012 Vilnius Fax : +370 278 59 60

Loro Sae Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Luxembourg b Schneider Electric Industrie SAS Agence de Metz Tel.: 33 03 87 39 06 03 www.schneider-electric.fr

1, Rue Graham Bell - BP n° 35190 Fax: 33 03 87 74 25 96
57075 Metz cedex 3 - France

122
 Schneider Electric worldwide 0

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Macau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric China

Macedonia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Bulgaria

Madagascar Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric la Reunion

Malawi Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Malaysia b Schneider Electric (Malaysia) Sdn No.11 Jalan U1/19, Seksyen U1 Tel. : (603) 7883 6333 www.schneider-
Bhd Hicom-Glenmarie Industrial Park Fax : (603) 7883 6188 electric.com.my
40150 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan

Maldives Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Reunion

Mali Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Malta Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Tunisia

Marshall islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Martinique b Schneider Electric Schneider Electric Tel.: +05 96 51 06 00

Immeuble Cottrell - ZI de la Lézarde Fax: +05 96 51 11 26
97232 Le Lamentin

Mauritania Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Mauritius b Schneider Electric Route côtière Tel.: 230 282 18 83

Calodyne - Mauritius Fax: 230 282 18 84

Mayotte Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Reunion

Mexico b Groupe Schneider Mexico Calz. Rojo Gomez N° 1121-A Tel.: +525 686 30 00 www.schneider-
Col. Guadalupe del Moral Fax: +525 686 24 09 electric.com.mx
México, D.F. - C.P. 09300

Micronesia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Moldova Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Romania

Monaco Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric France

Mongolia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Montserrat Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Morocco b Schneider Electric Morocco 26, rue Ibnou Khalikane Tel.: +212 299 08 48 to 57 www.schneider.co.ma
Quartier Palmiers Fax: +212 299 08 67 and 69
20100 Casablanca

Mozambique Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Myanmar Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Singapore

Namibia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Nauru Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Nepal Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India

Netherlands b Schneider Electric BV Waarderweg 40 - Postbus 836 Tel.: +31 23 512 4124 www.schneider-electric.nl
2003 RV Haarlem Fax: +31 23 512 4100

Netherlands Antilles Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

New Caledonia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

New Zealand b Schneider Electric (NZ) Ltd 14 Charann Place Avondale Tel. : +64 9 829 04 90 www.schneider-electric.co.nz 7
P.O. Box 15355 - New Lynn Fax : +64 9 829 04 91
Auckland

Nicaragua Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Niger Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Nigeria b Schneider Electric Nigeria Limited Biro plaza - 8th Floor - Plot 634 Tel. : +234 1 2702973
Abeyemo Alakija Street Fax : +234 1 2702976
Victoria Islan - Lagos

Niue Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Norfolk island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

North Korea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric China

Northern Mariana islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Norway b Schneider Electric Norge A/S Solgaard Skog 2 Tel.: +47 6924 9700 www.schneider-electric.no
Postboks 128 - 1501 Moss Fax: +47 6925 7871

Oman b Schneider Electric CA c/o Arab Development Co Tel.: +968 77 163 64

PO Box 439 - 113 Muscat Fax: +968 77 104 49

Pakistan b Schneider Electric Pakistan 43-L, 2nd floor, M.M. Alam Road, Tel.: +92 42 5754471 à 73
Gulberg II - Lahore Fax: +92 42 5754474

Palau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Panama Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Papua New Guinea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Paraguay Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Uruguay

123
 Schneider Electric worldwide 0

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Peru b Schneider Electric Peru S.A. Los Telares n°231 Urb. Vulcano, Ate Tel.: +511 348 44 11 www.schneider-electric.com.pe
Lima 03 Fax: +511 348 05 23

Philippines b Schneider Electric Philippines, Inc 5th Floor, ALCO Building Tel. : +632 896 6063
391 Sen, Gil Puyat Avenue Fax : +632 896 7229
Makati 1209

Pitcairn Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Poland b Schneider Electric Polska Sp.zo.o. ul. Lubinowa 4a Tel.: +48 22 511 8 200 www.schneider-electric.pl
03-878 - Warszawa Fax: +48 22 511 8 210

Portugal b Schneider Electric Portugal Av.do Forte, 3 Tel.: +351 21 416 5800 www.schneiderelectric.pt
Edificio Suécia II, Piso 3-A Fax: +351 21 416 5857
CP 2028 Carnaxide
2795 Linda-A-Velha

Puerto Rico Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Qatar b Schneider Electric Qatar Branch c/o Khalifa BinFahred Al Thani Tel.: +97 4424358
Trad.and Co - P.O. Box 4484 Fax: +97 4424358
Doha

Reunion b Schneider Electric Immeuble Futura, Tel.: +262 28 14 28

190, rue des 2 canons Fax: +262 28 39 37
BP 646 - 97497 Sainte Clothilde

Romania b Schneider Electric Bd Ficusului n°42 Tel.: +401 203 06 50 www.schneider-electric.ro

Apimondia, Corp.A, et.1, Sector 1 Fax: +401 232 15 98
Bucuresti

Russian Federation b Schneider Electric ZAO Enisseyskaya 37 Tel.: +7095 797 40 00 www.schneider-electric.ru
129 281 Moscow Fax: +7095 797 40 03

Rwanda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya

Samoa Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

San Marino Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Italy

Sandwich & Georgia island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Sao Tome & Principe Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Saudi Arabia b Schneider Electric Second Industrial City Tel.: +966 1 265 1515
P.O. Box 89249 - 11682 Riyadh Fax: +966 1 265 1860

Senegal b Schneider Electric Sénégal BP 15952 - Dakar-Fann Tel.: +221 820 68 05

Rond point N'Gor - Dakar Fax: +221 820 58 50

Seychelles Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Reunion

Sierra Leone Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ghana

Singapore b Schneider Electric Singapore Pte 10 Ang Mo Kio Street 65 Tel.: +65 484 78 77 www.schneider-electric.com.sg
Ltd #02-17/20 TechPoint Fax: +65 484 78 00
Singapore 569059

Slovak Republic b Schneider Electric Slovakia spol Borekova 10 Tel. : +02 45 52 40 10 and 40 30 www.schneider-electric.sk
s.r.o. SK-821 06 Bratislava Fax : +02 45 52 40 00

Slovenia b Schneider Electric, d.o.o. Dunasjka 47 Tel. : +386 1 23 63 555 www.schneider-electric.si

1000 Ljubljana Fax : +386 1 23 63 559

Solomon islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

7 Somalia
South Africa
Contacts are assured by

b Schneider Electric South Africa

Schneider Electric Egypt

Private Bag X139 Tel.: +27 11 254 6400 www.schneider-electric.co.za

(PTY) Ltd Halfway House Fax: +27 11 315 8830
1685 - Midrand.

Spain b Schneider Electric España, S.A. Pl. Dr. Letamendi, 5-7 Tel.: +34 93 484 3100 www.schneiderelectric.es
08007 Barcelona Fax: +34 93 484 3308

Sri Lanka b Schneider Electric Industries SA Liaison office SRI Lanka Tel. : +94 77 48 54 89 www.schneiderelectric-in.com
Level 3B Valiant towers
46/7 Nawam Mawatha-Colombo 2

St Helena Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Italy

St Kitts & Nevis Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

St Lucia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

St Pierre et Miquelon Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

St Vincent & Grenadines Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Sudan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt

Suriname Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Svalbard & Jan Mayen isl. Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Denmark

Swaziland Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Sweden b Schneider Electric AB Djupdalsvägen 17/19 Tel.: +46 8 623 84 00 www.schneider-electric.se

19129 Sollentuna Fax: +46 8 623 84 85

Switzerland b Schneider Electric (Switzerland) Schermenwaldstrasse 11 Tel.: +41 31 917 3333 www.schneider-electric.ch
S.A. CH - 3063 Ittigen Fax: +41 31 917 3355

124
 Schneider Electric worldwide 0

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Syrian Arab Republic b Schneider Electric Syria Elba Street - Malki Tel. : +963 11 37 49 88 00
Gheibeh and Qassas bldg, 1st floor Fax : +963 11 37 17 55 9
PO Box 33876-Damascus

Taiwan, Republic of China b Schneider Electric Taiwan Co Ltd 2FI., N°37, Ji-Hu Road, Nei-Hu Dist., Tel. : +886 2 8751 6388 www.schneider-electric.com.tw
Taipei 114 Fax : +886 2 8751 6389

Tajikistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Tanzania, United Rep. of Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya

Thailand b Schneider (Thailand) Ltd 20th Floor Richmond Building Tel.: +662 204 9888 www.schneider-electric.co.th
75 Sukhumvit 26 Road, Klongtoey Fax: +662 204 9816
Bangkok 10110

Togo Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Tokelau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Tonga Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Trinidad & Tobago b Schneider Electric 6, 1st Street West Ext. Tel.: 1868 640 42 04
Beaulieu Avenue Fax: 1868 640 42 04
Trincity Trinidad West Indies

Tunisia b Schneider Electric Tunisia Rue du Lac Oubeira Tel.: +216 71 960 477
1053 Les Berges du Lac - Tunis Fax: +216 71 960 342

Turkey b Schneider Elektrik Sanayi Ve Tütüncü Mehmet Efendi Cad. N°:110 Tel.: +90 21 63 86 95 70 www.schneiderelectric.com.tr
Ticaret A.S. Kat 1-2 - 81080 Göztepe – Istanbul Fax: +90 21 63 86 38 75

Turkmenistan b Schneider Electric Turkmenistan rue Neitralny Turkmenistan 28, Tel. : +993 12 46 29 52
Liaison Office off.326/327 Fax : +993 12 46 29 52
74 000 Achgabad

Turks & Caicos islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Tuvalu Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Uganda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya

Ukraine b Schneider Electric Rue Krechtchalik 2 Tel.: +380 44 462 04 25 www.schneider-electric.com.ua

252601 Kiev Fax: +380 44 462 04 24

United Arab Emirates b Schneider Electric Abu Dhabi PO Box 29580 Tel.: +9712 6 339444
Office Floor 2/Lulu Street Fax: +9712 6 316606
Al Marina Plaza Tower
Abu Dhabi

United Kingdom b Schneider Electric Ltd Braywick House East Tel.: +44 (0)1 628 508 500 www.schneider.co.uk
Windsor Road - Maidenhead Fax: +44 (0)1 628 508 508
Berkshire SL6 1 DN

United States b Schneider Electric North American Division Tel.: +1 847 397 2600 www.squared.com
1415 Roselle Road Fax: +1 847 925 7500
Palatine - IL 60067

Uruguay b Schneider Electric Uruguay S.A. Ramon Masini 3190 Tel. : +59 82 707 2392
Montevideo Fax : +59 82 707 2184

Uzbekistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Vanuatu Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Vatican city St./Holy See Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Italy

Venezuela b Schneider Mg SD TE, S.A Calle 162/ Piso 2

Edificio Centro Cynamid
La Urbina, 1070 - 75319 Caracas
Tel.: +58 2 241 13 44
Fax: +58 2 243 60 09
www.schneider-electric.com.ve
7
Viet Nam b R.R.O. of Schneider Electric Unit 2.9, 2nd Floor, e-Town Building Tel.: +84 8 8103 103
Industries S.A.S. in Viet Nam 364 Cong Hoa Street Fax: +84 8 8120 477
Tan Binh District - Ho Chi Minh City

Virgin islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Wallis & Futuna islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Western Sahara Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Morocco

Yemen Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric U.A.E.

Yugoslavia b Schneider Electric Jugoslavija Ratarski put 27d Tel.: +381 11 192 414
d.o.o. 11186 Belgrade Fax: +381 11 107 125

Zambia b Schneider Zambia Zambia Office Tel.: +260 222 22 52

c/o Matipi Craft Center Building Fax: +260 222 83 89
Plot 1036 - Accra Road
PO Box 22792 - Kitwe

Zimbabwe b Schneider Electric Zimbabwe Liaison Office Tel.: +263 4 707 179/180
75A Second Street Fax: +263 4 707 176
(corner Livingstone Avenue)
Harare

Subsidiaries
France b NUM SA Immeuble Les Courlis Tel.: +33 (0)1 56 47 58 00 www.schneider-num.com
46, avenue Kléber Fax: +33 (0)1 56 47 58 89
F-92700 Colombes

Germany b Berger Lahr Breslaver Strasse 7 Tel.: +49 (0)78 21 946 02 www.berger-lahr.de
77933 Lahr Fax: +49 (0)78 21 946 220

125
7

© Copyright Schneider Electric Industries SAS 2004.

All rights reserved. No part of this work may be translated and/ Owing to changes in standards and products, hardware and software, the characteristics given
or reproduced or copied in any form or by any means, graphic, in the text and images in this document are not binding until they have been confirmed with us.
electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording,
taping or storage in an information retrieval system.

All software quoted in this document is the property of Modbus Plus, Fipio, Lexium, Concept, ProWORX, PL7 and Unity are registered trademarks of
Schneider Electric Industries SAS, or a third party which has Schneider Automation SAS.
granted rights to Schneider Electric Industries SAS. The supply Telemecanique, Phaseo, Altivar, NUM are registered trademarks of Schneider Electric SAS.
of such software confers a non-exclusive licence on the
recipient to use such software solely for the purpose for which All other products and brands (CANopen, SERCOS) quoted in this document are registered
it was supplied. trademarks of their respective holders.
Any copying of such software, etc. (except solely for the
purpose of producing back-up and security copies) is totally
forbidden.

126
 Product references index 0

14p AGO KIT 024M 050 108 LXA CP AAA 005 1 87 SER 3BD 4L5Dpp p33 91
140 MSB 101 00 36 AGO KIT 024M 075 108 LXA CP AAA 010 1 87 SER 3BD 4L5Dpp p45 91
141 MMS 425 01 44 AGO KIT 025M 005 108 LXA CP AAA 020 1 87 SER 3BD 4L5Dpp p48 91
141 MMS 535 02 44 AGO KIT 025M 015 108 LXA CP AAA 030 1 87 SER 3BD 4L5Dpp pOO 86, 91
AGO KIT 025M 025 108 LXA CP AAB 003 1 87 SER 3BD 4L7Spp p33 91
3pp AM0 CAV 001V003 67 LXA CP AAB 005 1 87 SER 3BD 4L7Spp p35 91
372 SPU 474 01 V26 45 AM0 CHK 170 67 LXA CP AAB 010 1 87 SER 3BD 4L7Spp p43 91
372 SPU 474 11 V26 45 AM0 CHK 212 67 LXA CP AAB 020 1 87 SER 3BD 4L7Spp p45 91
372 SPU 474 21 V26 45 AM0 CSW 001V300 67 LXA CP AAB 030 1 87 SER 3BD 4L7Spp p48 91
372 SPU 474 31 V26 45 AM0 EMC 118 67 SER 3BD 4L7Spp pOO 86, 91
396 MMC 500 04 45 AM0 EMC 212 67 M SW MMDS 1DB 36
AM0 FIL 001V056 66 MHDA 1004A00 66
690 AM0 FIP 001V000 67 MHDA 1004N00 66 T
690 MCB 000 00 36 AM0 INE 001V000 67 MHDA 1008A00 66 TSX CAP S15 11, 15
690 MCI 000 01 36 AM0 MBP 001V000 67 MHDA 1008N00 66 TSX CAP S9 15
690 MCI 000 03 36 AM0 PBS 001V000 67 MHDA 1017A00 66 TSX CAY 21 15
690 MCI 000 06 36 AM0 RFE 001V025 66 MHDA 1017N00 66 TSX CAY 22 15
690 MCI 002 06 36 AM0 RFE 001V050 66 MHDA 1028A00 66 TSX CAY 33 15
AM0 RFE 002V086 67 MHDA 1028N00 66 TSX CAY 41 15
890 AM0 RFE 002V160 67 MHDA 1056A00 66 TSX CAY 42 15
890 USE 1200p 66 AM0 SER 001V000 67 MHDA 1056N00 66 TSX CCP S15 050 16
890 USE 1220p 67 AM0 SPA 001V000 66 MHDA 1112A00 66 TSX CCP S15 100 16
AM0 SPA 002V001 67 MHDA 1198A00 66 TSX CCP S15 16
990 AMO CHI 0014X4 109 TSX CCT 200 30
990 MCO 000 01 30, 44 AMO CHI 0025X5 109 R TSX CDP 053 11, 16
990 MCO 000 03 30, 44 AMO CHI 0036X6 109 RPC 305S 109 TSX CDP 101 11
990 MCO 000 05 30, 44 AMO CHI 0048X7 109 TSX CDP 103 11, 16
990 MCO 000 15 30, 44 AMO CHI 0050X8 109 S TSX CDP 203 11, 16
990 MCO 000 55 30, 44 AMO CHI 00615X3 109 SER 39A 4L7Spp p23 90 TSX CDP 301 11, 16
990 MCO 000 75 30, 44 AMO CHI 00770X10 109 SER 39A 4L7Spp p25 90 TSX CDP 303 11, 16
990 MCO 001 25 30, 44 AMO GOL 001 M8 109 SER 39A 4L7Spp p28 90 TSX CDP 501 11, 16
990 MCO KIT 00 30, 44 AMO MAN 001U 109 SER 39A 4L7Spp pOO 86, 90 TSX CDP 503 11, 16
990 MCO KIT 01 30, 44 SER 39B 4L3Spp p23 90 TSX CDP 611 16
B SER 39B 4L3Spp p25 90 TSX CFY 11 11
A BMH Q101 109 SER 39B 4L3Spp p28 90 TSX CFY 21 11
ABE 7BV20 11 BPH 0552 S5p A2p0p 106 SER 39B 4L3Spp pOO 86, 90 TSX CSY 164 30
ABE 7CPA01 15 BPH 0552 S5p F2p0p 106 SER 39C 4L3Spp p23 90 TSX CSY 84 30
ABE 7CPA11 15 BPH 0751 N5p A2pAp 106 SER 39C 4L3Spp p25 90 TSX CXP 213 16
ABE 7H16R20 11, 15 BPH 0751 N5p F2pAp 106 SER 39C 4L3Spp p28 90 TSX CXP 223 16
ABL 7RE2402 117 BPH 0752 N5p A2pAp 106 SER 39C 4L3Spp p38 90 TSX CXP 233 16
ABL 7RE2403 117 BPH 0752 N5p F2pAp 106 SER 39C 4L3Spp pOO 86, 90 TSX CXP 235 16
ABL 7RE2405 117 BPH 0952 N5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BA 4L3Spp p23 90 TSX CXP 243 16
ABL 7RE2410 117 BPH 0952 N5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BA 4L3Spp p25 90 TSX CXP 245 16
AGO CAV 003 109 BPH 0953 N5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BA 4L3Spp p35 90 TSX CXP 263 11
AGO FRU 013M 010 108 BPH 0953 N5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BA 4L3Spp p38 90 TSX CXP 273 16
AGO FRU 014M 010 108 BPH 1152 N5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BA 4L3Spp pOO 86, 90 TSX CXP 283 67
AGO FRU 015M 010 108 BPH 1152 N5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BA 4L5Spp p23 90 TSX CXP 613 16
AGO FRU 016M 010 108 BPH 1153 N5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BA 4L5Spp p25 90 TSX CXP 633 16
AGO FRU 020M 005
AGO FRU 020M 010
108
108
BPH 1153 N5p F2pAp
BPH 1422 N5p A2pAp
106
106
SER 3BA 4L5Spp p35
SER 3BA 4L5Spp p38
90
90
TSX CXP 635
TSX CXP 643
16
16
7
AGO FRU 020M 015 108 BPH 1422 N5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BA 4L5Spp p48 90 TSX CXP 645 16
AGO FRU 020M 025 108 BPH 1423 N5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BA 4L5Spp pOO 86, 90 TSX CXP 663 11
AGO FRU 020M 050 108 BPH 1423 N5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L3Spp p23 90 TSX CXP 673 16
AGO FRU 020M 075 108 BPH 1902 N5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L3Spp p25 90 TSX CXP 683 67
AGO KIT 001M 005 108 BPH 1902 N5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L3Spp p33 90 TSX TAP MAS 15
AGO KIT 001M 015 108 BPH 1903 K5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L3Spp p35 90 TSX TAP S15 05 15
AGO KIT 001M 025 108 BPH 1903 K5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L3Spp p38 90 VY1 X411CA15 16
AGO KIT 002 CON 109 BPH 1904 K5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L3Spp p48 90
AGO KIT 018M 005 108 BPH 1904 K5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L3Spp pOO 86
AGO KIT 018M 015 108 BPH 1907 K5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L3Spp pOO 90
AGO KIT 018M 025 108 BPH 1907 K5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L5Spp p33 91
AGO KIT 018M 050 108 BPH 190A K5p A2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L5Spp p35 91
AGO KIT 018M 075 108 BPH 190A K5p F2pAp 106 SER 3BB 4L5Spp p38 91
AGO KIT 019M 005 108 SER 3BB 4L5Spp pOO 86, 91
AGO KIT 019M 015 108 L SER 3BC 4L5Spp p33 91
AGO KIT 019M 025 108 LXA CF ABA 0031 87 SER 3BC 4L5Spp p35 91
AGO KIT 019M 050 108 LXA CF ABA 0051 87 SER 3BC 4L5Spp p38 91
AGO KIT 019M 075 108 LXA CF ABA 0101 87 SER 3BC 4L5Spp p45 91
AGO KIT 023M 005 108 LXA CF ABA 0201 87 SER 3BC 4L5Spp p48 91
AGO KIT 023M 015 108 LXA CF ABA 0301 87 SER 3BC 4L5Spp pOO 86, 91
AGO KIT 023M 025 108 LXA CF ACA 0031 87 SER 3BC 4L7Spp p33 91
AGO KIT 023M 050 108 LXA CF ACA 0051 87 SER 3BC 4L7Spp p35 91
AGO KIT 023M 075 108 LXA CF ACA 0101 87 SER 3BC 4L7Spp p38 91
AGO KIT 024M 005 108 LXA CF ACA 020 1 87 SER 3BC 4L7Spp p45 91
AGO KIT 024M 015 108 LXA CF ACA 030 1 87 SER 3BC 4L7Spp p48 91
AGO KIT 024M 025 108 LXA CP AAA 003 1 87 SER 3BC 4L7Spp pOO 86, 91

127
 Lexium

01-04
Motion control

Lexium motion control

Catalogue
January

04

DIA7ED2031006EN - © 2004 Schneider Electric - All right reserved

Telemecanique

Schneider Electric Industries SAS www.schneider-electric.com

ART. 66692 January 2004